ELF: Group and sort output note sections by section alignments
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
71 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
72 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
73 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
74 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
75 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
76
77 /* Forward declarations. */
78 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
79 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
80 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
81 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
82 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
83 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
84 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
85 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86 static void print_statements (void);
87 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
88 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
89 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
90 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
91 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
92 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
93 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
94
95 /* Exported variables. */
96 const char *output_target;
97 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
98 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
99 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
100 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
101 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
102 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
103 const char *entry_section = ".text";
104 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
105 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
106 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
107 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
108 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
109 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
110 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
111 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
113 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
114
115 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
116 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
117 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
118
119 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
120 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
121 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
122 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
123 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
124 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
125
126 #define new_stat(x, y) \
127 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
128
129 #define outside_section_address(q) \
130 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
131
132 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
133 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
134
135 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
136
137 void *
138 stat_alloc (size_t size)
139 {
140 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
141 }
142
143 static int
144 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
145 {
146 if (wildcardp (pattern))
147 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
148 return strcmp (pattern, name);
149 }
150
151 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
152 separator. If not, return NULL. */
153
154 static char *
155 archive_path (const char *pattern)
156 {
157 char *p = NULL;
158
159 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
160 return p;
161
162 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
163 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
164 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
165 return p;
166
167 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
168 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
169 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
170 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
171 #endif
172 return p;
173 }
174
175 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
176 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
177
178 static bfd_boolean
179 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
180 lang_input_statement_type *f)
181 {
182 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
183
184 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
185 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
186 && ((sep != file_spec)
187 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
188 {
189 match = TRUE;
190
191 if (sep != file_spec)
192 {
193 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
194 *sep = 0;
195 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
196 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
197 }
198 }
199 return match;
200 }
201
202 static bfd_boolean
203 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
204 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
205 {
206 struct unique_sections *unam;
207 const char *secnam;
208
209 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
210 && sec->owner != NULL
211 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
212 return !(os != NULL
213 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
214
215 secnam = sec->name;
216 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
217 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
218 return TRUE;
219
220 return FALSE;
221 }
222
223 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
224
225 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
226 false. */
227
228 static bfd_boolean
229 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
230 lang_input_statement_type *file)
231 {
232 struct name_list *list_tmp;
233
234 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
235 list_tmp;
236 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
237 {
238 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
239
240 if (p != NULL)
241 {
242 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
247 return TRUE;
248
249 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
250 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
251 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
252 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
253 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
254 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
255 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
256 return TRUE;
257 }
258
259 return FALSE;
260 }
261
262 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
263 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
264 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
265 function is very fast. */
266
267 static void
268 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
269 lang_input_statement_type *file,
270 asection *s,
271 struct wildcard_list *sec,
272 callback_t callback,
273 void *data)
274 {
275 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
276 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
277 return;
278
279 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
280 }
281
282 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
283 but slowly. */
284
285 static void
286 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
287 lang_input_statement_type *file,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 asection *s;
292 struct wildcard_list *sec;
293
294 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
295 {
296 sec = ptr->section_list;
297 if (sec == NULL)
298 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
299
300 while (sec != NULL)
301 {
302 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
303
304 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
305 {
306 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
307
308 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
309 }
310
311 if (!skip)
312 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
313
314 sec = sec->next;
315 }
316 }
317 }
318
319 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
320 than one section with that name, we report that. */
321
322 typedef struct
323 {
324 asection *found_section;
325 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
326 } section_iterator_callback_data;
327
328 static bfd_boolean
329 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
330 {
331 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
332
333 if (d->found_section != NULL)
334 {
335 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
336 return TRUE;
337 }
338
339 d->found_section = s;
340 return FALSE;
341 }
342
343 static asection *
344 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
345 struct wildcard_list *sec,
346 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
347 {
348 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
349
350 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
351 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
352 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
353 return cb_data.found_section;
354 }
355
356 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
357 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
358
359 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
360 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
361
362 static bfd_boolean
363 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
364 {
365 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
366 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
367 }
368
369 static bfd_boolean
370 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
371 {
372 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
373 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
374 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
375 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
376 return FALSE;
377
378 pattern += 4;
379 name += 4;
380 while (*pattern != '*')
381 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
382 return FALSE;
383
384 return TRUE;
385 }
386
387 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
388 section name NAME. */
389
390 static unsigned long
391 get_init_priority (const char *name)
392 {
393 char *end;
394 unsigned long init_priority;
395
396 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
397 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
398 lower value means a higher priority.
399
400 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
401 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
402 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
403 .fini_array is backward.
404 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
405 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
406 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
407 is forward.
408 */
409 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
410 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
411 {
412 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
413 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
414 }
415 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
416 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
417 {
418 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
419 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
420 }
421
422 return 0;
423 }
424
425 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
426
427 static int
428 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
429 {
430 int ret;
431 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
432
433 switch (sort)
434 {
435 default:
436 abort ();
437
438 case by_init_priority:
439 ainit_priority
440 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
441 binit_priority
442 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
443 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
444 goto sort_by_name;
445 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
446 if (ret)
447 break;
448 else
449 goto sort_by_name;
450
451 case by_alignment_name:
452 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
453 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
454 if (ret)
455 break;
456 /* Fall through. */
457
458 case by_name:
459 sort_by_name:
460 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
461 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
462 break;
463
464 case by_name_alignment:
465 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
466 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
467 if (ret)
468 break;
469 /* Fall through. */
470
471 case by_alignment:
472 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
473 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
474 break;
475 }
476
477 return ret;
478 }
479
480 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
481 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
482 of sections are large. */
483
484 static lang_section_bst_type **
485 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
486 struct wildcard_list *sec,
487 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
488 asection *section)
489 {
490 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
491
492 tree = &wild->tree;
493 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
494 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
495 {
496 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
497 while (*tree)
498 tree = &((*tree)->right);
499 return tree;
500 }
501
502 while (*tree)
503 {
504 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
505 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
506 tree = &((*tree)->left);
507 else
508 tree = &((*tree)->right);
509 }
510
511 return tree;
512 }
513
514 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
515
516 static void
517 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
518 struct wildcard_list *sec,
519 asection *section,
520 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 lang_input_statement_type *file,
522 void *output)
523 {
524 lang_section_bst_type *node;
525 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
526 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
527
528 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
529
530 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
531 return;
532
533 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
534 node->left = 0;
535 node->right = 0;
536 node->section = section;
537
538 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
539 if (tree != NULL)
540 *tree = node;
541 }
542
543 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
544
545 static void
546 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
547 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
548 void *output)
549 {
550 if (tree->left)
551 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
552
553 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
554 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
555
556 if (tree->right)
557 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
558
559 free (tree);
560 }
561
562 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
563 wildcards */
564
565 static void
566 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 lang_input_statement_type *file,
568 callback_t callback,
569 void *data)
570 {
571 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
572 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
573 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
574 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
575 get processed in the bfd's order. */
576 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
577 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
578 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
579
580 if (multiple_sections_found)
581 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
582 else if (s0)
583 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
584 }
585
586 static void
587 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
588 lang_input_statement_type *file,
589 callback_t callback,
590 void *data)
591 {
592 asection *s;
593 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594
595 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
596 {
597 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
598 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
599
600 if (!skip)
601 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
602 }
603 }
604
605 static void
606 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
607 lang_input_statement_type *file,
608 callback_t callback,
609 void *data)
610 {
611 asection *s;
612 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
613 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
614 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
615 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
616
617 if (multiple_sections_found)
618 {
619 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
620 return;
621 }
622
623 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
624 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
625 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
626 {
627 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
628 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
629 wildspec1. */
630 if (s == s0)
631 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
632 else
633 {
634 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
635 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
636
637 if (!skip)
638 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
639 data);
640 }
641 }
642 }
643
644 static void
645 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
646 lang_input_statement_type *file,
647 callback_t callback,
648 void *data)
649 {
650 asection *s;
651 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
652 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
653 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
654 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
655 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
656
657 if (multiple_sections_found)
658 {
659 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
660 return;
661 }
662
663 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
664 {
665 if (s == s0)
666 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
667 else
668 {
669 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
670 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
671
672 if (!skip)
673 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
674 else
675 {
676 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
677 if (!skip)
678 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
679 data);
680 }
681 }
682 }
683 }
684
685 static void
686 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
687 lang_input_statement_type *file,
688 callback_t callback,
689 void *data)
690 {
691 asection *s;
692 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
693 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
694 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
695 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
696 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
697 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
698
699 if (multiple_sections_found)
700 {
701 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
702 return;
703 }
704
705 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 if (s == s1)
718 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
719 else
720 {
721 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
722 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
723 sname);
724
725 if (!skip)
726 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
727 data);
728 else
729 {
730 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
731 if (!skip)
732 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
733 callback, data);
734 }
735 }
736 }
737 }
738
739 static void
740 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
741 lang_input_statement_type *file,
742 callback_t callback,
743 void *data)
744 {
745 if (file->flags.just_syms)
746 return;
747
748 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
749 }
750
751 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
752 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
753 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
754 first wildcard character. */
755
756 static bfd_boolean
757 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
758 {
759 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
760 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
761 size_t min_prefix_len;
762
763 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
764 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
765 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
766 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
767 prefix1_len++;
768 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
769 prefix2_len++;
770
771 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
772
773 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
774 }
775
776 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
777 statements. */
778
779 static void
780 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
781 {
782 int sec_count = 0;
783 int wild_name_count = 0;
784 struct wildcard_list *sec;
785 int signature;
786 int data_counter;
787
788 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
789 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
790 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
791 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
792 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
793 ptr->tree = NULL;
794
795 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
796 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
797 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
798 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
799 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
800 ending in a single '*'. */
801 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
802 {
803 ++sec_count;
804 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
805 return;
806 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
807 {
808 ++wild_name_count;
809 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
810 return;
811 }
812 }
813
814 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
815 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
816 happen in practice. */
817 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
818 return;
819
820 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
821 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
822 {
823 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
824 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
825 {
826 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
827 return;
828 }
829 }
830
831 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
832 switch (signature)
833 {
834 case 0x0100:
835 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
836 break;
837 case 0x0101:
838 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
839 break;
840 case 0x0201:
841 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
842 break;
843 case 0x0302:
844 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
845 break;
846 case 0x0402:
847 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
848 break;
849 default:
850 return;
851 }
852
853 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
854 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
855 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
856 given order, because we've already determined that no section
857 will match more than one spec. */
858 data_counter = 0;
859 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
860 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
861 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
862 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
863 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
864 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
865 }
866
867 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
868
869 static void
870 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
871 lang_input_statement_type *f,
872 callback_t callback,
873 void *data)
874 {
875 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
876 return;
877
878 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
879 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
880 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
881 else
882 {
883 bfd *member;
884
885 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
886 archive separately. */
887 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
888 while (member != NULL)
889 {
890 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
891 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
892 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
893 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
894 lang_input_statement. */
895 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
896 {
897 walk_wild_section (s,
898 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
899 callback, data);
900 }
901
902 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
903 }
904 }
905 }
906
907 static void
908 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
909 {
910 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
911 char *p;
912
913 if (file_spec == NULL)
914 {
915 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
916 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
917 {
918 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
919 }
920 }
921 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
922 {
923 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
924 {
925 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
926 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
927 }
928 }
929 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
930 {
931 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
932 {
933 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else
938 {
939 lang_input_statement_type *f;
940
941 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
942 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
943 if (f)
944 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
945 }
946 }
947
948 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
949 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
950 with constraint set to -1. */
951
952 void
953 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
954 lang_statement_union_type *s)
955 {
956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
957 {
958 func (s);
959
960 switch (s->header.type)
961 {
962 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
963 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
964 break;
965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
966 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
967 lang_for_each_statement_worker
968 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
969 break;
970 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
971 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
972 s->wild_statement.children.head);
973 break;
974 case lang_group_statement_enum:
975 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
976 s->group_statement.children.head);
977 break;
978 case lang_data_statement_enum:
979 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
980 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
981 case lang_output_statement_enum:
982 case lang_target_statement_enum:
983 case lang_input_section_enum:
984 case lang_input_statement_enum:
985 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
986 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
987 case lang_address_statement_enum:
988 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
989 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
990 break;
991 default:
992 FAIL ();
993 break;
994 }
995 }
996 }
997
998 void
999 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1000 {
1001 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1002 }
1003
1004 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1005
1006 void
1007 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1008 {
1009 list->head = NULL;
1010 list->tail = &list->head;
1011 }
1012
1013 void
1014 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1015 {
1016 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1017 abort ();
1018 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1019 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1020 }
1021
1022 void
1023 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1024 {
1025 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1026 abort ();
1027 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1031
1032 static lang_statement_union_type *
1033 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1034 size_t size,
1035 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1036 {
1037 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1038
1039 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1040 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1041 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1042 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1043 return new_stmt;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1047 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1048 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1049
1050 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1051 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1052 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1053 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1054
1055 static lang_input_statement_type *
1056 new_afile (const char *name,
1057 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1058 const char *target,
1059 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1060 {
1061 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1062
1063 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1064
1065 if (add_to_list)
1066 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1067 else
1068 {
1069 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1070 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1071 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1072 p->header.next = NULL;
1073 }
1074
1075 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1076 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1077 p->target = target;
1078 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1079 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1080 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1081 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1082 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1083
1084 switch (file_type)
1085 {
1086 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1087 p->filename = name;
1088 p->local_sym_name = name;
1089 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1090 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1091 break;
1092 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1093 p->filename = name;
1094 p->local_sym_name = name;
1095 break;
1096 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1097 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1098 {
1099 p->filename = name + 1;
1100 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1101 }
1102 else
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1105 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1107 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1108 break;
1109 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1110 p->filename = name;
1111 p->local_sym_name = name;
1112 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1113 break;
1114 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1115 p->filename = name;
1116 p->local_sym_name = name;
1117 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1121 p->filename = name;
1122 p->local_sym_name = name;
1123 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 default:
1126 FAIL ();
1127 }
1128
1129 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1130 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1131 &p->next_real_file);
1132 return p;
1133 }
1134
1135 lang_input_statement_type *
1136 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1137 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1138 const char *target)
1139 {
1140 if (name != NULL
1141 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1142 {
1143 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1144 char *sysrooted_name
1145 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1146 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1147 (const char *) NULL);
1148
1149 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1150 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1151 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1152 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1153 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1154 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1155 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1156 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1157 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1158 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1159 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1160 return ret;
1161 }
1162
1163 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1164 }
1165
1166 struct out_section_hash_entry
1167 {
1168 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1169 lang_statement_union_type s;
1170 };
1171
1172 /* The hash table. */
1173
1174 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1175
1176 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1177 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1178
1179 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1180 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1181 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1182 const char *string)
1183 {
1184 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1185 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1186
1187 if (entry == NULL)
1188 {
1189 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1190 sizeof (*ret));
1191 if (entry == NULL)
1192 return entry;
1193 }
1194
1195 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1196 if (entry == NULL)
1197 return entry;
1198
1199 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1200 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1201 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1202 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1203 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1204 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1205 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1206 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1207
1208 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1209 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1210 field of the last element of the list. */
1211 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1212 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1213 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1214 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1215 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1216
1217 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1218 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1219 instead. */
1220 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1221 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1222 &ret->s,
1223 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1224 return &ret->root;
1225 }
1226
1227 static void
1228 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1229 {
1230 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1231 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1232 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1233 61))
1234 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1235 }
1236
1237 static void
1238 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1239 {
1240 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1244
1245 void
1246 lang_init (void)
1247 {
1248 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1249
1250 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1251
1252 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1253
1254 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1255
1256 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1257 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1258 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1259 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1260 NULL);
1261 abs_output_section =
1262 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1263
1264 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1265
1266 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1267 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1268 }
1269
1270 void
1271 lang_finish (void)
1272 {
1273 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1274 }
1275
1276 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1277 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1278 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1279 syntax.
1280
1281 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1282
1283 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1284 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1285
1286 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1287 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1288 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1289 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1290 and so we issue a warning.
1291
1292 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1293 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1294 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1295 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1296 region. */
1297
1298 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1299 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1300 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1301
1302 lang_memory_region_type *
1303 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1304 {
1305 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1306 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1307 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1308
1309 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1310 if (name == NULL)
1311 return NULL;
1312
1313 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1314 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1315 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1316 {
1317 if (create)
1318 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1319 NULL, name);
1320 return r;
1321 }
1322
1323 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1324 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1325 NULL, name);
1326
1327 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1328 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1329
1330 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1331 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1332 new_region->next = NULL;
1333 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1334 new_region->origin = 0;
1335 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1336 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1337 new_region->current = 0;
1338 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1339 new_region->flags = 0;
1340 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1341 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1342
1343 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1344 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1345
1346 return new_region;
1347 }
1348
1349 void
1350 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1351 {
1352 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1354 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1355
1356 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1357 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1358 the default memory region. */
1359 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1360 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1361 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1362
1363 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1364 in use. */
1365 region = NULL;
1366 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1367 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1368 {
1369 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1370 region = r;
1371 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1372 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1373 "alias `%s'\n"),
1374 NULL, alias);
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1378 if (region == NULL)
1379 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1380 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1381 NULL, region_name, alias);
1382
1383 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1384 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1385 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1386 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1387 region->name_list.next = n;
1388 }
1389
1390 static lang_memory_region_type *
1391 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1392 {
1393 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1394
1395 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1396
1397 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1398 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1399 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1400
1401 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1402 {
1403 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1404 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1405 {
1406 return p;
1407 }
1408 }
1409 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1413
1414 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1415 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1416 {
1417 return get_userdata (output_section);
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1421 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1422 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1423 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1424
1425 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1426 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1427 int constraint,
1428 bfd_boolean create)
1429 {
1430 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1431
1432 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1433 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1434 create, FALSE));
1435 if (entry == NULL)
1436 {
1437 if (create)
1438 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1439 return NULL;
1440 }
1441
1442 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1443 {
1444 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1445 constraint. */
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1447
1448 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1449 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1450 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1451 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1452 but that shouldn't matter. */
1453 last_ent = entry;
1454 else
1455 do
1456 {
1457 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1458 || (constraint == 0
1459 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1460 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1461 last_ent = entry;
1462 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1463 }
1464 while (entry != NULL
1465 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1466
1467 if (!create)
1468 return NULL;
1469
1470 entry
1471 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1472 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1473 &output_section_statement_table,
1474 name));
1475 if (entry == NULL)
1476 {
1477 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1478 return NULL;
1479 }
1480 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1481 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1482 }
1483
1484 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1485 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1486 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1490 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1491 match any non-negative constraint. */
1492
1493 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1494 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1495 int constraint)
1496 {
1497 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1498 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1499 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1500 ((char *) os
1501 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1502 const char *name = os->name;
1503
1504 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1505 do
1506 {
1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508 if (entry == NULL
1509 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1510 return NULL;
1511 }
1512 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1513 && (constraint != 0
1514 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1515
1516 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1517 }
1518
1519 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1520 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1521 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1522 sets *EXACT too. */
1523
1524 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1525 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1526 flagword sec_flags,
1527 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1528 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1529 {
1530 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1531 flagword look_flags, differ;
1532
1533 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1534 skip it. */
1535 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1536 first = first->next;
1537
1538 /* First try for an exact match. */
1539 found = NULL;
1540 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1541 {
1542 look_flags = look->flags;
1543 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1544 {
1545 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1546 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1547 look->bfd_section,
1548 sec->owner, sec))
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1552 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1553 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1554 found = look;
1555 }
1556 if (found != NULL)
1557 {
1558 if (exact != NULL)
1559 *exact = found;
1560 return found;
1561 }
1562
1563 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1564 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1565 {
1566 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1567 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1568 {
1569 look_flags = look->flags;
1570 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1571 {
1572 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1573 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1574 look->bfd_section,
1575 sec->owner, sec))
1576 continue;
1577 }
1578 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1579 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1580 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1581 found = look;
1582 }
1583 }
1584 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1585 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1586 {
1587 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1588 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->flags;
1591 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1592 {
1593 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1594 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1595 look->bfd_section,
1596 sec->owner, sec))
1597 continue;
1598 }
1599 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1600 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1601 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1602 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 | SEC_READONLY))
1604 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1605 found = look;
1606 }
1607 }
1608 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1612 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1613 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1614
1615 match_type = NULL;
1616 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1617 {
1618 look_flags = look->flags;
1619 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1620 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1621
1622 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1624 {
1625 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1626 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1627 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1628 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1629 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1630 previous section. */
1631 break;
1632 found = look;
1633 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1634 }
1635 else if (seen_thread_local)
1636 break;
1637 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1638 found = look;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1642 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1643 {
1644 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1645 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1646 {
1647 look_flags = look->flags;
1648 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1649 {
1650 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1651 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1652 look->bfd_section,
1653 sec->owner, sec))
1654 continue;
1655 }
1656 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1657 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1658 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1659 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1660 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1661 found = look;
1662 }
1663 }
1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666 {
1667 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->flags;
1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 {
1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 look->bfd_section,
1676 sec->owner, sec))
1677 continue;
1678 }
1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1686 {
1687 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1688 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1689 {
1690 look_flags = look->flags;
1691 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1694 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1695 look->bfd_section,
1696 sec->owner, sec))
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1700 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1701 found = look;
1702 }
1703 }
1704 else
1705 {
1706 /* non-alloc go last. */
1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->flags;
1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1712 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1713 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1714 found = look;
1715 }
1716 return found;
1717 }
1718
1719 if (found || !match_type)
1720 return found;
1721
1722 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1723 }
1724
1725 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1726 Used by place_orphan. */
1727
1728 static asection *
1729 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1730 {
1731 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1732
1733 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1734 {
1735 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1736 continue;
1737
1738 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1739 return lookup->bfd_section;
1740 }
1741
1742 return NULL;
1743 }
1744
1745 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1746 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1747 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1748 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1749 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1750 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1751 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1752 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1753 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1754 image symbols. */
1755
1756 static lang_statement_union_type **
1757 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1758 {
1759 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1760 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1761 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1762
1763 ignore_first
1764 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1765
1766 for (where = &after->header.next;
1767 *where != NULL;
1768 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1769 {
1770 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1771 {
1772 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1773 if (assign == NULL)
1774 {
1775 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1776
1777 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1778 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1779 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1780 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1781 && !ignore_first)
1782 assign = where;
1783 }
1784 ignore_first = FALSE;
1785 continue;
1786 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1787 case lang_input_section_enum:
1788 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1789 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1790 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1791 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1792 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1793 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1794 assign = NULL;
1795 continue;
1796 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1797 if (assign != NULL)
1798 {
1799 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1800
1801 if (s == NULL
1802 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1803 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1804 where = assign;
1805 }
1806 break;
1807 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1813 continue;
1814 }
1815 break;
1816 }
1817
1818 return where;
1819 }
1820
1821 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1822 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1823 const char *secname,
1824 int constraint,
1825 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1826 struct orphan_save *place,
1827 etree_type *address,
1828 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1829 {
1830 lang_statement_list_type add;
1831 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1832 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1833
1834 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1835 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1836 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1837 if (after != NULL)
1838 {
1839 lang_list_init (&add);
1840 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1841 }
1842
1843 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1844 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1845 address = exp_intop (0);
1846
1847 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1848 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1849 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1850 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1851
1852 if (add_child == NULL)
1853 add_child = &os->children;
1854 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1855
1856 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1857 {
1858 const char *region = (after->region
1859 ? after->region->name_list.name
1860 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1861 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1862 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1863 : NULL);
1864 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1865 lma_region);
1866 }
1867 else
1868 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1869 NULL);
1870
1871 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1872 if (after != NULL)
1873 pop_stat_ptr ();
1874
1875 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1876 {
1877 asection *snew, *as;
1878 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1879
1880 snew = os->bfd_section;
1881
1882 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1883 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1884 if (place->section == NULL
1885 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1886 ->output_section_statement))
1887 {
1888 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1889
1890 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1891 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1892 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1893 output section. */
1894 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1895 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1896
1897 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1898 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1899 }
1900
1901 if (place->section == NULL)
1902 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1903
1904 as = *place->section;
1905
1906 if (!as)
1907 {
1908 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1909
1910 /* Unlink the section. */
1911 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1912
1913 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1914 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1915 }
1916 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1917 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1918 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1919 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1920 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1921 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1922 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1923 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1924 {
1925 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1926 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1927 section after a note section, */
1928 asection *sec;
1929 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1930 should be placed. */
1931 asection *after_sec;
1932 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1933 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1934 bfd_boolean after_sec_note;
1935
1936 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1937 ascending order. */
1938 after_sec = NULL;
1939 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1940 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1941 {
1942 /* Search forward for the last output note section
1943 with equal or larger alignments. */
1944 asection *first_note = NULL;
1945
1946 for (sec = as;
1947 (sec != NULL
1948 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1949 sec = sec->next)
1950 if (sec != snew
1951 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1952 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1953 {
1954 if (!first_note)
1955 first_note = sec;
1956 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1957 after_sec = sec;
1958 }
1959
1960 if (after_sec)
1961 after_sec_note = TRUE;
1962 else
1963 {
1964 /* Search backward for the first output note section
1965 as well as the last output note section with equal
1966 or larger alignments. */
1967 after_sec = NULL;
1968 for (sec = as;
1969 (sec != NULL
1970 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1971 sec = sec->prev)
1972 if (sec != snew
1973 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1974 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1975 {
1976 first_note = sec;
1977 if (!after_sec
1978 && sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1979 after_sec = sec;
1980 }
1981
1982 /* If this will be the first note section, it can be
1983 placed at the default location. */
1984 after_sec_note = first_note != NULL;
1985 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1986 {
1987 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1988 alignments, place the section before all
1989 output note sections. AFTER_SEC will be
1990 NULL if FIRST_NOTE is the first output
1991 section. */
1992 after_sec = first_note->prev;
1993 }
1994 }
1995 }
1996 else
1997 {
1998 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of note
1999 sections. */
2000 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2001 after_sec = as;
2002 for (sec = as->next;
2003 (sec != NULL
2004 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2005 sec = sec->next)
2006 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2007 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2008 after_sec = sec;
2009 }
2010
2011 if (after_sec_note)
2012 {
2013 if (after_sec)
2014 {
2015 /* Insert OS after AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2016 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt;
2017 for (stmt = after;
2018 stmt != NULL;
2019 stmt = stmt->next)
2020 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2021 {
2022 place_after = TRUE;
2023 after = stmt;
2024 break;
2025 }
2026 }
2027
2028 if (after_sec == NULL || after_sec->next != snew)
2029 {
2030 /* Unlink the section. */
2031 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2032
2033 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2034 prepend SNEW. */
2035 if (after_sec)
2036 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2037 after_sec, snew);
2038 else
2039 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2040 }
2041 }
2042 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2043 {
2044 /* Unlink the section. */
2045 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2046
2047 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2048 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2049 as, snew);
2050 }
2051 }
2052 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2053 {
2054 /* Unlink the section. */
2055 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2056
2057 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2058 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2059 }
2060
2061 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2062 follow the one we've just added. */
2063 place->section = &snew->next;
2064
2065 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2066 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2067 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2068 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2069 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2070 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2071 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2072 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2073 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2074 if (add.head != NULL)
2075 {
2076 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2077
2078 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2079 if (place_after)
2080 {
2081 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2082
2083 *add.tail = *where;
2084 *where = add.head;
2085
2086 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2087 }
2088 else
2089 {
2090 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2091 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2092 *place->stmt = add.head;
2093 }
2094
2095 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2096 new list at the tail. */
2097 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2098 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2099
2100 /* Save the end of this list. */
2101 place->stmt = add.tail;
2102
2103 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2104 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2105 *os_tail = NULL;
2106 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2107 ((char *) place->os_tail
2108 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2109 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2110 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2111 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2112 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2113 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2114
2115 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2116 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2117 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2118 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2119 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2120 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2121 lang_output_section_statement.tail
2122 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2123 }
2124 }
2125 return os;
2126 }
2127
2128 static void
2129 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2130 {
2131 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2132
2133 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2134 return;
2135
2136 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2137
2138 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2139 {
2140 size_t len;
2141
2142 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2143 len = strlen (m->soname);
2144
2145 if (len >= 29)
2146 {
2147 print_nl ();
2148 len = 0;
2149 }
2150 while (len < 30)
2151 {
2152 print_space ();
2153 ++len;
2154 }
2155
2156 if (m->ref != NULL)
2157 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2158 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2159 }
2160 }
2161
2162 static void
2163 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2164 {
2165 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2166 minfo ("a");
2167
2168 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2169 minfo ("x");
2170
2171 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2172 minfo ("r");
2173
2174 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2175 minfo ("w");
2176
2177 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2178 minfo ("l");
2179 }
2180
2181 void
2182 lang_map (void)
2183 {
2184 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2185 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2186
2187 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2188 {
2189 asection *s;
2190
2191 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2192 || file->flags.just_syms)
2193 continue;
2194
2195 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2196 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2197 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2198 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2199 {
2200 if (!dis_header_printed)
2201 {
2202 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2203 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2204 }
2205
2206 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2207 }
2208 }
2209
2210 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2211 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2212 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2213
2214 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2215 {
2216 char buf[100];
2217 int len;
2218
2219 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2220
2221 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2222 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2223 len = strlen (buf);
2224 while (len < 16)
2225 {
2226 print_space ();
2227 ++len;
2228 }
2229
2230 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2231 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2232 {
2233 #ifndef BFD64
2234 minfo (" ");
2235 #endif
2236 if (m->flags)
2237 {
2238 print_space ();
2239 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2240 }
2241
2242 if (m->not_flags)
2243 {
2244 minfo (" !");
2245 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2246 }
2247 }
2248
2249 print_nl ();
2250 }
2251
2252 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2253
2254 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2255 {
2256 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2257 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2258 }
2259 lang_statement_iteration++;
2260 print_statements ();
2261
2262 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2263 config.map_file);
2264 }
2265
2266 static bfd_boolean
2267 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2268 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2269 {
2270 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2271 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2272 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2273 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2274 {
2275 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2276 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2277
2278 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2279 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2280 if (!ud)
2281 {
2282 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2283 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2284 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2285 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2286 }
2287 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2288 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2289
2290 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2291 def->entry = hash_entry;
2292 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2293 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2294 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2295 }
2296 return TRUE;
2297 }
2298
2299 /* Initialize an output section. */
2300
2301 static void
2302 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2303 {
2304 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2305 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2306
2307 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2308 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2309 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2310 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2311 s->name, flags);
2312 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2313 {
2314 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2315 " called %s: %E\n"),
2316 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2317 }
2318 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2319 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2320
2321 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2322 statement to avoid lookup. */
2323 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2324
2325 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2326 mention are initialized. */
2327 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2328 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2329
2330 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2331 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2332
2333 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2334 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2335 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2336 "section alignment");
2337 }
2338
2339 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2340 initialized. */
2341
2342 static void
2343 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2344 {
2345 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2346 {
2347 case etree_assign:
2348 case etree_provide:
2349 case etree_provided:
2350 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2351 break;
2352
2353 case etree_binary:
2354 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2355 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2356 break;
2357
2358 case etree_trinary:
2359 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2360 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2361 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2362 break;
2363
2364 case etree_assert:
2365 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2366 break;
2367
2368 case etree_unary:
2369 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2370 break;
2371
2372 case etree_name:
2373 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2374 {
2375 case ADDR:
2376 case LOADADDR:
2377 case SIZEOF:
2378 {
2379 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2380
2381 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2382 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2383 init_os (os, 0);
2384 }
2385 }
2386 break;
2387
2388 default:
2389 break;
2390 }
2391 }
2392 \f
2393 static void
2394 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2395 {
2396 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2397
2398 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2399 discard all sections. */
2400 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2401 {
2402 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2403 return;
2404 }
2405
2406 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2407 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2408 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2409 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2410 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2411
2412 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2413 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2414 }
2415 \f
2416
2417 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2418 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2419
2420 static bfd_boolean
2421 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2422 {
2423 bfd_boolean discard;
2424 flagword flags = section->flags;
2425
2426 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2427 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2428
2429 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2430 sections from within the group. */
2431 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2432 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2433 discard = TRUE;
2434
2435 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2436 information. */
2437 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2438 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2439 discard = TRUE;
2440
2441 return discard;
2442 }
2443
2444 /* The wild routines.
2445
2446 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2447 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2448 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2449
2450 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2451 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2452
2453 void
2454 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2455 asection *section,
2456 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2457 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2458 {
2459 flagword flags = section->flags;
2460
2461 bfd_boolean discard;
2462 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2463 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2464
2465 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2466 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2467
2468 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2469 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2470 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2471 discard = TRUE;
2472
2473 if (discard)
2474 {
2475 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2476 {
2477 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2478 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2479 }
2480 return;
2481 }
2482
2483 if (sflag_info)
2484 {
2485 bfd_boolean keep;
2486
2487 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2488 if (!keep)
2489 return;
2490 }
2491
2492 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2493 return;
2494
2495 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2496 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2497 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2498 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2499 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2500 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2501 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2502
2503 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2504 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2505 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2506 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2507 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2508 {
2509 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2510 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2511 else
2512 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2513 }
2514 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2515 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2516
2517 switch (output->sectype)
2518 {
2519 case normal_section:
2520 case overlay_section:
2521 break;
2522 case noalloc_section:
2523 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2524 break;
2525 case noload_section:
2526 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2527 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2528 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2529 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2530 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2531 section. */
2532 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2533 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2534 else
2535 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2536 break;
2537 }
2538
2539 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2540 init_os (output, flags);
2541
2542 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2543 it from the output section. */
2544 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2545
2546 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2547 {
2548 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2549 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2550
2551 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2552 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2553 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2554 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2555 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2556 {
2557 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2558 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2559 }
2560 }
2561 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2562
2563 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2564 {
2565 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2566 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2567 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2568 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2569 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2570 link_info.output_bfd,
2571 output->bfd_section,
2572 &link_info);
2573 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2574 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2575 }
2576
2577 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2578 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2579 {
2580 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2581 output->block_value = 128;
2582 }
2583
2584 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2585 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2586
2587 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2588
2589 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2590 {
2591 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2592 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2593 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2594 section->map_tail.s = s;
2595 if (s != NULL)
2596 s->map_head.s = section;
2597 else
2598 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2599 }
2600
2601 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2602 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2603 new_section->section = section;
2604 }
2605
2606 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2607 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2608 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2609 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2610
2611 static lang_statement_union_type *
2612 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2613 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2614 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2615 asection *section)
2616 {
2617 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2618
2619 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2620 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2621 return NULL;
2622
2623 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2624 {
2625 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2626
2627 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2628 continue;
2629 ls = &l->input_section;
2630
2631 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2632 name. */
2633
2634 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2635 {
2636 const char *fn, *ln;
2637 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2638 int i;
2639
2640 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2641 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2642 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2643 archive. */
2644
2645 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2646 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2647 {
2648 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2649 fa = TRUE;
2650 }
2651 else
2652 {
2653 fn = file->filename;
2654 fa = FALSE;
2655 }
2656
2657 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2658 {
2659 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2660 la = TRUE;
2661 }
2662 else
2663 {
2664 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2665 la = FALSE;
2666 }
2667
2668 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2669 if (i > 0)
2670 continue;
2671 else if (i < 0)
2672 break;
2673
2674 if (fa || la)
2675 {
2676 if (fa)
2677 fn = file->filename;
2678 if (la)
2679 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2680
2681 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2682 if (i > 0)
2683 continue;
2684 else if (i < 0)
2685 break;
2686 }
2687 }
2688
2689 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2690 looking at the sections for this file. */
2691
2692 if (sec != NULL
2693 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2694 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2695 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2696 break;
2697 }
2698
2699 return l;
2700 }
2701
2702 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2703 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2704
2705 static void
2706 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2707 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2708 asection *section,
2709 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2710 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2711 void *output)
2712 {
2713 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2714 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2715
2716 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2717
2718 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2719 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2720 return;
2721
2722 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2723
2724 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2725 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2726 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2727 of the current list. */
2728
2729 if (before == NULL)
2730 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2731 else
2732 {
2733 lang_statement_list_type list;
2734 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2735
2736 lang_list_init (&list);
2737 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2738
2739 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2740 be NULL. */
2741 if (list.head != NULL)
2742 {
2743 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2744
2745 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2746 *pp != before;
2747 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2748 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2749
2750 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2751 *pp = list.head;
2752 }
2753 }
2754 }
2755
2756 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2757 are readonly. */
2758
2759 static void
2760 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2761 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2762 asection *section,
2763 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2764 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2765 void *output)
2766 {
2767 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2768
2769 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2770
2771 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2772 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2773 return;
2774
2775 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2776 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2777 }
2778
2779 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2780 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2781 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2782
2783 static lang_input_statement_type *
2784 lookup_name (const char *name)
2785 {
2786 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2787
2788 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2789 search != NULL;
2790 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2791 {
2792 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2793 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2794 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2795 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2796
2797 if (filename != NULL
2798 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2799 break;
2800 }
2801
2802 if (search == NULL)
2803 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2804 default_target, FALSE);
2805
2806 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2807 don't add this file. */
2808 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2809 return search;
2810
2811 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2812 return NULL;
2813
2814 return search;
2815 }
2816
2817 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2818
2819 struct excluded_lib
2820 {
2821 char *name;
2822 struct excluded_lib *next;
2823 };
2824 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2825
2826 void
2827 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2828 {
2829 const char *p = list, *end;
2830
2831 while (*p != '\0')
2832 {
2833 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2834 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2835 if (end == NULL)
2836 end = p + strlen (p);
2837 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2838 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2839 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2840 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2841 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2842 excluded_libs = entry;
2843 if (*end == '\0')
2844 break;
2845 p = end + 1;
2846 }
2847 }
2848
2849 static void
2850 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2851 {
2852 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2853
2854 while (lib)
2855 {
2856 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2857 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2858
2859 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2860 {
2861 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2862 return;
2863 }
2864
2865 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2866 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2867 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2868 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2869 {
2870 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2871 return;
2872 }
2873
2874 lib = lib->next;
2875 }
2876 }
2877
2878 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2879
2880 bfd_boolean
2881 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2882 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2883 {
2884 char **matching;
2885
2886 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2887 return TRUE;
2888
2889 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2890
2891 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2892 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2893 return TRUE;
2894
2895 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2896 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2897 {
2898 bfd_error_type err;
2899 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2900 extern FILE *yyin;
2901
2902 err = bfd_get_error ();
2903
2904 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2905 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2906 return TRUE;
2907
2908 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2909 {
2910 char **p;
2911
2912 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2913 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2914 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2915 einfo (" %s", *p);
2916 einfo ("%F\n");
2917 }
2918 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2919 || place == NULL)
2920 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2921
2922 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2923 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2924
2925 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2926 save_flags = input_flags;
2927 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2928
2929 push_stat_ptr (place);
2930 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2931 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2932 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2933 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2934 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2935 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2936
2937 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2938 parser_input = input_script;
2939 yyparse ();
2940 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2941
2942 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
2943 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2944 again. */
2945 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2946 input_flags = save_flags;
2947 pop_stat_ptr ();
2948 fclose (yyin);
2949 yyin = NULL;
2950 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2951
2952 return TRUE;
2953 }
2954
2955 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2956 return TRUE;
2957
2958 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
2959 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2960 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2961 which is used. */
2962 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2963 {
2964 default:
2965 break;
2966
2967 case bfd_object:
2968 if (!entry->flags.reload)
2969 ldlang_add_file (entry);
2970 if (trace_files || verbose)
2971 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2972 break;
2973
2974 case bfd_archive:
2975 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2976
2977 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
2978 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2979 {
2980 bfd *member = NULL;
2981 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2982
2983 for (;;)
2984 {
2985 bfd *subsbfd;
2986 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2987
2988 if (member == NULL)
2989 break;
2990
2991 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2992 {
2993 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
2994 entry->the_bfd, member);
2995 loaded = FALSE;
2996 }
2997
2998 subsbfd = member;
2999 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3000 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3001 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3002 abort ();
3003
3004 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3005 substitute BFD for us. */
3006 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3007 {
3008 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3009 loaded = FALSE;
3010 }
3011 }
3012
3013 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3014 return loaded;
3015 }
3016 break;
3017 }
3018
3019 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3020 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3021 else
3022 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3023
3024 return entry->flags.loaded;
3025 }
3026
3027 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3028 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3029 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3030 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3031 the output section. */
3032
3033 static void
3034 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3035 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3036 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3037 {
3038 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3039
3040 if (s->handler_data[0]
3041 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3042 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3043 {
3044 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3045
3046 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3047
3048 tree = s->tree;
3049 if (tree)
3050 {
3051 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3052 s->tree = NULL;
3053 }
3054 }
3055 else
3056 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3057
3058 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3059 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3060 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3061 {
3062 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3063 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3064 default_common_section = output;
3065 break;
3066 }
3067 }
3068
3069 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3070
3071 static int
3072 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3073 {
3074 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3075
3076 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3077 }
3078
3079 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3080
3081 static void
3082 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3083 {
3084 char c;
3085
3086 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3087 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3088
3089 *dest = 0;
3090 }
3091
3092 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3093 from haystack. */
3094
3095 static void
3096 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3097 {
3098 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3099
3100 if (haystack)
3101 {
3102 char *src;
3103
3104 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3105 *haystack++ = *src++;
3106
3107 *haystack = 0;
3108 }
3109 }
3110
3111 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3112 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3113
3114 static int
3115 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3116 {
3117 char *copy1;
3118 char *copy2;
3119 int result;
3120
3121 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3122 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3123
3124 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3125 stricpy (copy1, first);
3126 stricpy (copy2, second);
3127
3128 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3129 strcut (copy1, "big");
3130 strcut (copy1, "little");
3131 strcut (copy2, "big");
3132 strcut (copy2, "little");
3133
3134 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3135 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3136 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3137 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3138 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3139 {
3140 result *= 10;
3141 break;
3142 }
3143
3144 free (copy1);
3145 free (copy2);
3146
3147 return result;
3148 }
3149
3150 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3151 static const bfd_target *winner;
3152
3153 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3154 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3155 match to the original output target. */
3156
3157 static int
3158 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3159 {
3160 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3161
3162 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3163 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3164 return 0;
3165
3166 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3167 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3168 return 0;
3169
3170 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3171 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3172 return 0;
3173
3174 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3175 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3176 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3177 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3178 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3179 return 0;
3180
3181 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3182 if (winner == NULL)
3183 {
3184 winner = target;
3185 return 0;
3186 }
3187
3188 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3189 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3190 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3191 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3192 winner = target;
3193
3194 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3195 return 0;
3196 }
3197
3198 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3199
3200 static char *
3201 get_first_input_target (void)
3202 {
3203 char *target = NULL;
3204
3205 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3206 {
3207 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3208 && s->flags.real)
3209 {
3210 ldfile_open_file (s);
3211
3212 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3213 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3214 {
3215 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3216
3217 if (target != NULL)
3218 break;
3219 }
3220 }
3221 }
3222
3223 return target;
3224 }
3225
3226 const char *
3227 lang_get_output_target (void)
3228 {
3229 const char *target;
3230
3231 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3232 if (output_target != NULL)
3233 return output_target;
3234
3235 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3236 the default? */
3237 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3238 return current_target;
3239
3240 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3241 target = get_first_input_target ();
3242 if (target != NULL)
3243 return target;
3244
3245 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3246 return default_target;
3247 }
3248
3249 /* Open the output file. */
3250
3251 static void
3252 open_output (const char *name)
3253 {
3254 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3255
3256 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3257 line? */
3258 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3259 {
3260 /* Get the chosen target. */
3261 const bfd_target *target
3262 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3263
3264 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3265 if (target != NULL)
3266 {
3267 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3268
3269 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3270 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3271 else
3272 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3273
3274 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3275 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3276 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3277 this. */
3278 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3279 {
3280 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3281 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3282 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3283 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3284 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3285 else
3286 {
3287 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3288 the default target, but which has the desired
3289 endian characteristic. */
3290 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3291 (void *) target);
3292
3293 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3294 satisfy our requirements. */
3295 if (winner == NULL)
3296 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3297 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3298 else
3299 output_target = winner->name;
3300 }
3301 }
3302 }
3303 }
3304
3305 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3306
3307 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3308 {
3309 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3310 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3311
3312 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3313 }
3314
3315 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3316
3317 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3318 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3319 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3320 ldfile_output_architecture,
3321 ldfile_output_machine))
3322 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3323
3324 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3325 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3326 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3327
3328 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3329 }
3330
3331 static void
3332 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3333 {
3334 switch (statement->header.type)
3335 {
3336 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3337 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3338 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3339 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3340 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3341 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3342 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3343 else
3344 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3345 if (config.text_read_only)
3346 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3347 else
3348 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3349 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3350 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3351 else
3352 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3353 break;
3354
3355 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3356 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3357 break;
3358 default:
3359 break;
3360 }
3361 }
3362
3363 static void
3364 init_opb (void)
3365 {
3366 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3367 ldfile_output_machine);
3368 opb_shift = 0;
3369 if (x > 1)
3370 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3371 {
3372 x >>= 1;
3373 ++opb_shift;
3374 }
3375 ASSERT (x == 1);
3376 }
3377
3378 /* Open all the input files. */
3379
3380 enum open_bfd_mode
3381 {
3382 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3383 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3384 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3385 };
3386 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3387 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3388 #endif
3389
3390 static void
3391 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3392 {
3393 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3394 {
3395 switch (s->header.type)
3396 {
3397 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3398 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3399 break;
3400 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3401 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3402 break;
3403 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3404 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3405 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3406 && s->wild_statement.filename
3407 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3408 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3409 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3410 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3411 break;
3412 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3413 {
3414 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3415
3416 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3417 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3418 symbols. */
3419
3420 do
3421 {
3422 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3423 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3424 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3425 }
3426 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3427 }
3428 break;
3429 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3430 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3431 break;
3432 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3433 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3434 {
3435 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3436 lang_statement_list_type add;
3437 bfd *abfd;
3438
3439 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3440
3441 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3442 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3443 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3444 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3445 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3446 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3447 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3448 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3449 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3450 #endif
3451 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3452 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3453 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3454 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3455 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3456 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3457 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3458 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3459 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3460 {
3461 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3462 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3463 }
3464
3465 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3466 lang_list_init (&add);
3467
3468 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3469 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3470
3471 if (add.head != NULL)
3472 {
3473 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3474 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3475 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3476 section statement list. Very likely the user
3477 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3478 naive user expectations. */
3479 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3480 {
3481 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3482 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3483 s->input_statement.filename);
3484 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3485 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3486 }
3487 else
3488 {
3489 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3490 s->header.next = add.head;
3491 }
3492 }
3493 }
3494 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3495 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3496 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3497 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3498 plugin_insert = NULL;
3499 #endif
3500 break;
3501 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3502 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3503 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3504 break;
3505 default:
3506 break;
3507 }
3508 }
3509
3510 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3511 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3512 einfo ("%F");
3513 }
3514
3515 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3516 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3517 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3518 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3519 name to the symbol table. */
3520
3521 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3522
3523 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3524
3525 void
3526 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3527 {
3528 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3529
3530 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3531 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3532 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3533 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3534
3535 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3536
3537 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3538 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3539 }
3540
3541 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3542
3543 static void
3544 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3545 {
3546 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3547
3548 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3549 if (h == NULL)
3550 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3551 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3552 {
3553 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3554 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3555 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3556 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3557 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3558 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3559 }
3560 }
3561
3562 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3563 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3564 script file. */
3565
3566 static void
3567 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3568 {
3569 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3570
3571 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3572 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3573 }
3574
3575 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3576 be defined. */
3577
3578 struct require_defined_symbol
3579 {
3580 const char *name;
3581 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3582 };
3583
3584 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3585
3586 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3587
3588 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3589 defined. */
3590
3591 void
3592 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3593 {
3594 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3595
3596 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3597 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3598 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3599 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3600 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3601 }
3602
3603 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3604 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3605
3606 static void
3607 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3608 {
3609 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3610
3611 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3612 {
3613 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3614
3615 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3616 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3617 if (h == NULL
3618 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3619 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3620 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3621 }
3622 }
3623
3624 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3625
3626 static void
3627 check_input_sections
3628 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3629 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3630 {
3631 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3632 {
3633 switch (s->header.type)
3634 {
3635 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3636 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3637 output_section_statement);
3638 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3639 return;
3640 break;
3641 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3642 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3643 output_section_statement);
3644 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3645 return;
3646 break;
3647 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3648 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3649 output_section_statement);
3650 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3651 return;
3652 break;
3653 default:
3654 break;
3655 }
3656 }
3657 }
3658
3659 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3660
3661 static void
3662 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3663 {
3664 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3665
3666 switch (sort_section)
3667 {
3668 default:
3669 FAIL ();
3670
3671 case none:
3672 break;
3673
3674 case by_name:
3675 case by_alignment:
3676 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3677 {
3678 switch (s->header.type)
3679 {
3680 default:
3681 break;
3682
3683 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3684 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3685 sec = sec->next)
3686 {
3687 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3688 {
3689 case none:
3690 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3691 break;
3692 case by_name:
3693 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3694 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3695 break;
3696 case by_alignment:
3697 if (sort_section == by_name)
3698 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3699 break;
3700 default:
3701 break;
3702 }
3703 }
3704 break;
3705
3706 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3707 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3708 break;
3709
3710 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3711 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3712 if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3713 && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3714 update_wild_statements
3715 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3716 break;
3717
3718 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3719 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3720 break;
3721 }
3722 }
3723 break;
3724 }
3725 }
3726
3727 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3728
3729 static void
3730 map_input_to_output_sections
3731 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3732 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3733 {
3734 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3735 {
3736 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3737 flagword flags;
3738
3739 switch (s->header.type)
3740 {
3741 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3742 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3743 break;
3744 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3745 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3746 target,
3747 os);
3748 break;
3749 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3750 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3751 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3752 {
3753 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3754 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3755 break;
3756 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3757 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3758 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3759 {
3760 tos->constraint = -1;
3761 break;
3762 }
3763 }
3764 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3765 target,
3766 tos);
3767 break;
3768 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3769 break;
3770 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3771 target = s->target_statement.target;
3772 break;
3773 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3774 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3775 target,
3776 os);
3777 break;
3778 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3779 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3780 are initialized. */
3781 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3782 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3783 these may be overridden by the script. */
3784 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3785 switch (os->sectype)
3786 {
3787 case normal_section:
3788 case overlay_section:
3789 break;
3790 case noalloc_section:
3791 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3792 break;
3793 case noload_section:
3794 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3795 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3796 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3797 else
3798 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3799 break;
3800 }
3801 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3802 init_os (os, flags);
3803 else
3804 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3805 break;
3806 case lang_input_section_enum:
3807 break;
3808 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3809 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3810 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3811 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3812 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3813 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3814 init_os (os, 0);
3815 break;
3816 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3817 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3818 init_os (os, 0);
3819
3820 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3821 are initialized. */
3822 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3823 break;
3824 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3825 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3826 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3827 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3828 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3829 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3830 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3831 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3832 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3833 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3834 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3835 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3836 {
3837 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3838
3839 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3840 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3841 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3842 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3843 will affect following script sections, which is
3844 likely to surprise naive users. */
3845 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3846 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3847 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3848 init_os (tos, 0);
3849 }
3850 break;
3851 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3852 break;
3853 }
3854 }
3855 }
3856
3857 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3858 start of the list and places them after the output section
3859 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3860 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3861 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3862
3863 static void
3864 process_insert_statements (void)
3865 {
3866 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3867 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3868 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3869 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3870
3871 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3872 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3873 reordered. */
3874 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3875 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3876 {
3877 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3878 {
3879 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3880 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3881 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3882
3883 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3884 last_os = os;
3885
3886 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3887 won't match this output section statement. At this
3888 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3889 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3890 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3891 if (first_os == NULL)
3892 first_os = last_os;
3893 }
3894 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3895 {
3896 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3897 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3898 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3899 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3900
3901 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3902 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3903 {
3904 do
3905 where = where->prev;
3906 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3907 }
3908 if (where == NULL)
3909 {
3910 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3911 return;
3912 }
3913
3914 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3915 if (last_os != NULL)
3916 {
3917 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3918 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3919
3920 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3921 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3922 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3923 {
3924 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3925 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3926 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3927 }
3928 else
3929 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3930 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3931 last_os->next = where->next;
3932 if (where->next == NULL)
3933 {
3934 next = &last_os->next;
3935 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3936 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3937 }
3938 else
3939 where->next->prev = last_os;
3940 first_os->prev = where;
3941 where->next = first_os;
3942
3943 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
3944 first_sec = NULL;
3945 last_sec = NULL;
3946 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3947 {
3948 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3949 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3950 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3951 {
3952 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3953 if (first_sec == NULL)
3954 first_sec = last_sec;
3955 }
3956 if (os == last_os)
3957 break;
3958 }
3959 if (last_sec != NULL)
3960 {
3961 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3962 if (sec == NULL)
3963 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3964
3965 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3966 sections we are moving. So if we find no
3967 section or if the section is the same as our
3968 last section, then no move is needed. */
3969 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3970 {
3971 /* Trim them off. */
3972 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3973 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3974 else
3975 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3976 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3977 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3978 else
3979 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3980 /* Add back. */
3981 last_sec->next = sec->next;
3982 if (sec->next != NULL)
3983 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3984 else
3985 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3986 first_sec->prev = sec;
3987 sec->next = first_sec;
3988 }
3989 }
3990
3991 first_os = NULL;
3992 last_os = NULL;
3993 }
3994
3995 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3996 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3997 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3998 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
3999 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
4000 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
4001 /* Add them back where they belong. */
4002 *s = *ptr;
4003 if (*s == NULL)
4004 statement_list.tail = s;
4005 *ptr = first;
4006 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
4007 }
4008 }
4009
4010 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4011 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4012 {
4013 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4014 if (os == last_os)
4015 break;
4016 }
4017 }
4018
4019 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4020 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4021 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4022
4023 void
4024 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4025 {
4026 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4027
4028 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4029 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4030 {
4031 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4032 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4033 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4034 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4035 }
4036
4037 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4038 os != NULL;
4039 os = os->next)
4040 {
4041 asection *output_section;
4042 bfd_boolean exclude;
4043
4044 if (os->constraint < 0)
4045 continue;
4046
4047 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4048 if (output_section == NULL)
4049 continue;
4050
4051 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4052 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4053 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4054 output_section));
4055
4056 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4057 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4058 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4059 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4060 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4061 {
4062 asection *s;
4063
4064 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4065 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4066 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4067 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4068 {
4069 exclude = FALSE;
4070 break;
4071 }
4072 }
4073
4074 if (exclude)
4075 {
4076 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4077 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4078 if (!os->update_dot)
4079 os->ignored = TRUE;
4080 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4081 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4082 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4083 }
4084 }
4085 }
4086
4087 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4088 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4089
4090 void
4091 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4092 {
4093 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4094
4095 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4096 return;
4097
4098 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4099 os != NULL;
4100 os = os->next)
4101 {
4102 asection *output_section;
4103
4104 if (os->constraint < 0)
4105 continue;
4106
4107 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4108 if (output_section == NULL)
4109 continue;
4110
4111 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4112 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4113 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4114 }
4115
4116 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4117 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4118 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4119 }
4120
4121 static void
4122 print_output_section_statement
4123 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4124 {
4125 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4126 int len;
4127
4128 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4129 {
4130 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4131
4132 if (section != NULL)
4133 {
4134 print_dot = section->vma;
4135
4136 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4137 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4138 {
4139 print_nl ();
4140 len = 0;
4141 }
4142 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4143 {
4144 print_space ();
4145 ++len;
4146 }
4147
4148 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4149
4150 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4151 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4152
4153 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4154 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4155 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4156 }
4157
4158 print_nl ();
4159 }
4160
4161 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4162 output_section_statement);
4163 }
4164
4165 static void
4166 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4167 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4168 {
4169 unsigned int i;
4170 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4171 etree_type *tree;
4172 asection *osec;
4173
4174 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4175 print_space ();
4176
4177 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4178 {
4179 is_dot = FALSE;
4180 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4181 }
4182 else
4183 {
4184 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4185
4186 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4187 if (!is_dot)
4188 expld.assign_name = dst;
4189 tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4190 }
4191
4192 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4193 if (osec == NULL)
4194 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4195
4196 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4197 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4198 else
4199 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4200
4201 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4202 {
4203 bfd_vma value;
4204
4205 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4206 || is_dot
4207 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4208 {
4209 value = expld.result.value;
4210
4211 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4212 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4213
4214 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4215 if (is_dot)
4216 print_dot = value;
4217 }
4218 else
4219 {
4220 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4221
4222 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4223 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4224 if (h)
4225 {
4226 value = h->u.def.value;
4227 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4228 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4229
4230 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4231 }
4232 else
4233 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4234 }
4235 }
4236 else
4237 {
4238 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4239 minfo ("[!provide]");
4240 else
4241 minfo ("*undef* ");
4242 #ifdef BFD64
4243 minfo (" ");
4244 #endif
4245 }
4246 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4247
4248 minfo (" ");
4249 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4250 print_nl ();
4251 }
4252
4253 static void
4254 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4255 {
4256 if (statm->filename != NULL
4257 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4258 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4259 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4260 }
4261
4262 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4263 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4264
4265 static bfd_boolean
4266 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4267 {
4268 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4269
4270 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4271 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4272 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4273 {
4274 int i;
4275
4276 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4277 print_space ();
4278 minfo ("0x%V ",
4279 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4280 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4281 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4282
4283 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4284 }
4285
4286 return TRUE;
4287 }
4288
4289 static int
4290 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4291 {
4292 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4293 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4294
4295 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4296 return -1;
4297 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4298 return 1;
4299 else
4300 return 0;
4301 }
4302
4303 static void
4304 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4305 {
4306 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4307 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4308 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4309 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4310 unsigned int i;
4311
4312 if (!ud)
4313 return;
4314
4315 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4316
4317 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4318 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4319 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4320 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4321
4322 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4323 entries[i] = def->entry;
4324
4325 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4326 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4327
4328 /* Print the symbols. */
4329 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4330 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4331
4332 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4333 }
4334
4335 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4336
4337 static void
4338 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4339 {
4340 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4341 int len;
4342 bfd_vma addr;
4343
4344 init_opb ();
4345
4346 print_space ();
4347 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4348
4349 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4350 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4351 {
4352 print_nl ();
4353 len = 0;
4354 }
4355 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4356 {
4357 print_space ();
4358 ++len;
4359 }
4360
4361 if (i->output_section != NULL
4362 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4363 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4364 else
4365 {
4366 addr = print_dot;
4367 if (!is_discarded)
4368 size = 0;
4369 }
4370
4371 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4372
4373 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4374 {
4375 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4376 #ifdef BFD64
4377 len += 16;
4378 #else
4379 len += 8;
4380 #endif
4381 while (len > 0)
4382 {
4383 print_space ();
4384 --len;
4385 }
4386
4387 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4388 }
4389
4390 if (i->output_section != NULL
4391 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4392 {
4393 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4394 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4395 else
4396 print_all_symbols (i);
4397
4398 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4399 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4400 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4401 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4402 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4403 }
4404 }
4405
4406 static void
4407 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4408 {
4409 size_t size;
4410 unsigned char *p;
4411 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4412 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4413 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4414 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4415 }
4416
4417 static void
4418 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4419 {
4420 int i;
4421 bfd_vma addr;
4422 bfd_size_type size;
4423 const char *name;
4424
4425 init_opb ();
4426 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4427 print_space ();
4428
4429 addr = data->output_offset;
4430 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4431 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4432
4433 switch (data->type)
4434 {
4435 default:
4436 abort ();
4437 case BYTE:
4438 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4439 name = "BYTE";
4440 break;
4441 case SHORT:
4442 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4443 name = "SHORT";
4444 break;
4445 case LONG:
4446 size = LONG_SIZE;
4447 name = "LONG";
4448 break;
4449 case QUAD:
4450 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4451 name = "QUAD";
4452 break;
4453 case SQUAD:
4454 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4455 name = "SQUAD";
4456 break;
4457 }
4458
4459 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4460 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4461 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4462
4463 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4464 {
4465 print_space ();
4466 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4467 }
4468
4469 print_nl ();
4470
4471 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4472 }
4473
4474 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4475 -Ttext. */
4476
4477 static void
4478 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4479 {
4480 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4481 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4482 print_nl ();
4483 }
4484
4485 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4486
4487 static void
4488 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4489 {
4490 int i;
4491 bfd_vma addr;
4492 bfd_size_type size;
4493
4494 init_opb ();
4495 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4496 print_space ();
4497
4498 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4499 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4500 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4501
4502 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4503
4504 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4505
4506 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4507 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4508 else
4509 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4510
4511 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4512
4513 print_nl ();
4514
4515 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4516 }
4517
4518 static void
4519 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4520 {
4521 int len;
4522 bfd_vma addr;
4523
4524 init_opb ();
4525 minfo (" *fill*");
4526
4527 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4528 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4529 {
4530 print_space ();
4531 ++len;
4532 }
4533
4534 addr = s->output_offset;
4535 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4536 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4537 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4538
4539 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4540 {
4541 size_t size;
4542 unsigned char *p;
4543 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4544 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4545 }
4546
4547 print_nl ();
4548
4549 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4550 }
4551
4552 static void
4553 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4554 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4555 {
4556 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4557
4558 print_space ();
4559
4560 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4561 {
4562 name_list *tmp;
4563 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4564 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4565 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4566 minfo (") ");
4567 }
4568
4569 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4570 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4571 if (w->filename != NULL)
4572 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4573 else
4574 minfo ("*");
4575 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4576 minfo (")");
4577
4578 minfo ("(");
4579 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4580 {
4581 int closing_paren = 0;
4582
4583 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4584 {
4585 case none:
4586 break;
4587
4588 case by_name:
4589 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4590 closing_paren = 1;
4591 break;
4592
4593 case by_alignment:
4594 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4595 closing_paren = 1;
4596 break;
4597
4598 case by_name_alignment:
4599 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4600 closing_paren = 2;
4601 break;
4602
4603 case by_alignment_name:
4604 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4605 closing_paren = 2;
4606 break;
4607
4608 case by_none:
4609 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4610 closing_paren = 1;
4611 break;
4612
4613 case by_init_priority:
4614 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4615 closing_paren = 1;
4616 break;
4617 }
4618
4619 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4620 {
4621 name_list *tmp;
4622 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4623 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4624 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4625 minfo (") ");
4626 }
4627 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4628 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4629 else
4630 minfo ("*");
4631 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4632 minfo (")");
4633 if (sec->next)
4634 minfo (" ");
4635 }
4636 minfo (")");
4637
4638 print_nl ();
4639
4640 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4641 }
4642
4643 /* Print a group statement. */
4644
4645 static void
4646 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4647 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4648 {
4649 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4650 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4651 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4652 }
4653
4654 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4655 This can be called for any statement type. */
4656
4657 static void
4658 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4659 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4660 {
4661 while (s != NULL)
4662 {
4663 print_statement (s, os);
4664 s = s->header.next;
4665 }
4666 }
4667
4668 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4669 This can be called for any statement type. */
4670
4671 static void
4672 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4673 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4674 {
4675 switch (s->header.type)
4676 {
4677 default:
4678 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4679 FAIL ();
4680 break;
4681 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4682 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4683 {
4684 if (constructors_sorted)
4685 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4686 else
4687 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4688 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4689 }
4690 break;
4691 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4692 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4693 break;
4694 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4695 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4696 break;
4697 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4698 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4699 break;
4700 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4701 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4702 break;
4703 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4704 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4705 break;
4706 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4707 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4708 break;
4709 case lang_input_section_enum:
4710 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4711 break;
4712 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4713 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4714 break;
4715 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4716 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4717 break;
4718 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4719 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4720 break;
4721 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4722 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4723 break;
4724 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4725 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4726 if (output_target != NULL)
4727 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4728 minfo (")\n");
4729 break;
4730 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4731 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4732 break;
4733 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4734 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4735 break;
4736 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4737 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4738 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4739 s->insert_statement.where);
4740 break;
4741 }
4742 }
4743
4744 static void
4745 print_statements (void)
4746 {
4747 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4748 }
4749
4750 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4751 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4752 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4753 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4754
4755 void
4756 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4757 {
4758 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4759
4760 config.map_file = stderr;
4761
4762 if (n < 0)
4763 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4764 else
4765 {
4766 while (s && --n >= 0)
4767 {
4768 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4769 s = s->header.next;
4770 }
4771 }
4772
4773 config.map_file = map_save;
4774 }
4775
4776 static void
4777 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4778 fill_type *fill,
4779 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4780 asection *output_section,
4781 bfd_vma dot)
4782 {
4783 static fill_type zero_fill;
4784 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4785
4786 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4787 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4788 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4789 if (pad != NULL
4790 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4791 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4792 {
4793 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4794 }
4795 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4796 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4797 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4798 {
4799 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4800 }
4801 else
4802 {
4803 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4804 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4805 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4806 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4807 *ptr = pad;
4808 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4809 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4810 if (fill == NULL)
4811 fill = &zero_fill;
4812 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4813 }
4814 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4815 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4816 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4817 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4818 - output_section->vma);
4819 }
4820
4821 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4822
4823 static bfd_vma
4824 size_input_section
4825 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4826 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4827 fill_type *fill,
4828 bfd_vma dot)
4829 {
4830 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4831 asection *i = is->section;
4832 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4833
4834 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4835 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4836 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4837 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4838 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4839 else
4840 {
4841 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4842
4843 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4844 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4845 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4846 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4847
4848 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4849 i->alignment_power
4850 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4851 "subsection alignment");
4852
4853 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4854 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4855
4856 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4857
4858 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4859 {
4860 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4861 dot += alignment_needed;
4862 }
4863
4864 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4865 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4866
4867 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4868 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4869 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4870 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4871 }
4872
4873 return dot;
4874 }
4875
4876 struct check_sec
4877 {
4878 asection *sec;
4879 bfd_boolean warned;
4880 };
4881
4882 static int
4883 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4884 {
4885 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4886 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4887
4888 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4889 return -1;
4890 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4891 return 1;
4892 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4893 return -1;
4894 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4895 return 1;
4896
4897 return 0;
4898 }
4899
4900 static int
4901 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4902 {
4903 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4904 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4905
4906 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4907 return -1;
4908 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4909 return 1;
4910 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4911 return -1;
4912 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4913 return 1;
4914
4915 return 0;
4916 }
4917
4918 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4919 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4920
4921 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4922 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4923
4924 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4925 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4926 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4927 region has overflowed. */
4928
4929 static void
4930 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4931 {
4932 asection *s, *p;
4933 struct check_sec *sections;
4934 size_t i, count;
4935 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4936 bfd_vma s_start;
4937 bfd_vma s_end;
4938 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4939 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4940 lang_memory_region_type *m;
4941 bfd_boolean overlays;
4942
4943 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
4944 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
4945 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
4946 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4947 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4948 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4949 {
4950 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4951 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
4952 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
4953 s->name);
4954 else
4955 {
4956 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4957 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4958 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
4959 s->name);
4960 }
4961 }
4962
4963 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4964 return;
4965
4966 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
4967 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
4968
4969 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
4970 count = 0;
4971 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4972 {
4973 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
4974 || s->size == 0)
4975 continue;
4976
4977 sections[count].sec = s;
4978 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
4979 count++;
4980 }
4981
4982 if (count <= 1)
4983 {
4984 free (sections);
4985 return;
4986 }
4987
4988 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
4989
4990 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
4991 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
4992 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4993 {
4994 s = sections[i].sec;
4995 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4996 {
4997 s_start = s->lma;
4998 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4999
5000 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5001 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5002 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5003 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5004 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5005 if (p != NULL
5006 && (s_start <= p_end
5007 || p_end < p_start))
5008 {
5009 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5010 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5011 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5012 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5013 }
5014 p = s;
5015 p_start = s_start;
5016 p_end = s_end;
5017 }
5018 }
5019
5020 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5021 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5022 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5023 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5024 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5025 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5026 overlays = FALSE;
5027 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5028 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5029 {
5030 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5031 if (p_start == s_start)
5032 {
5033 overlays = TRUE;
5034 break;
5035 }
5036 p_start = s_start;
5037 }
5038
5039 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5040 if (!overlays)
5041 {
5042 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5043 {
5044 s = sections[i].sec;
5045 s_start = s->vma;
5046 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5047
5048 if (p != NULL
5049 && !sections[i].warned
5050 && (s_start <= p_end
5051 || p_end < p_start))
5052 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5053 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5054 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5055 p = s;
5056 p_start = s_start;
5057 p_end = s_end;
5058 }
5059 }
5060
5061 free (sections);
5062
5063 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5064 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5065 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5066 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5067
5068 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5069 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5070 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5071 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5072 if (m->had_full_message)
5073 {
5074 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5075 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5076 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5077 over),
5078 m->name_list.name, over);
5079 }
5080 }
5081
5082 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5083 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5084 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5085 calculation wraps around. */
5086
5087 static void
5088 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5089 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5090 etree_type *tree,
5091 bfd_vma rbase)
5092 {
5093 if ((region->current < region->origin
5094 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5095 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5096 || rbase == 0))
5097 {
5098 if (tree != NULL)
5099 {
5100 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5101 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5102 region->current,
5103 os->bfd_section->owner,
5104 os->bfd_section->name,
5105 region->name_list.name);
5106 }
5107 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5108 {
5109 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5110
5111 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5112 os->bfd_section->owner,
5113 os->bfd_section->name,
5114 region->name_list.name);
5115 }
5116 }
5117 }
5118
5119 static void
5120 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5121 seg_align_type *seg)
5122 {
5123 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5124 {
5125 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5126 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5127 else
5128 {
5129 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5130 }
5131 }
5132 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5133 {
5134 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5135 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5136 else
5137 {
5138 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5139 }
5140 }
5141 }
5142
5143 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5144
5145 static bfd_vma
5146 lang_size_sections_1
5147 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5148 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5149 fill_type *fill,
5150 bfd_vma dot,
5151 bfd_boolean *relax,
5152 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5153 {
5154 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5155
5156 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5157 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5158 {
5159 switch (s->header.type)
5160 {
5161 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5162 {
5163 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5164 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5165 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5166 int section_alignment = 0;
5167
5168 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5169 if (os->constraint == -1)
5170 break;
5171
5172 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5173 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5174 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5175 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5176 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5177 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5178 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5179 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5180 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5181 {
5182 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5183 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5184
5185 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5186 {
5187 dot = expld.result.value;
5188 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5189 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5190 }
5191 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5192 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5193 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5194 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5195 }
5196
5197 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5198 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5199 break;
5200
5201 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5202 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5203 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5204 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5205 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5206 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5207 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5208 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5209 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5210 {
5211 asection *input;
5212
5213 if (os->children.head == NULL
5214 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5215 || (os->children.head->header.type
5216 != lang_input_section_enum))
5217 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5218 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5219
5220 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5221 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5222 os->bfd_section,
5223 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5224 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5225 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5226 break;
5227 }
5228
5229 newdot = dot;
5230 dotdelta = 0;
5231 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5232 {
5233 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5234 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5235 }
5236 else
5237 {
5238 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5239 {
5240 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5241 from the region specification. */
5242 if (os->region == NULL
5243 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5244 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5245 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5246 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5247 {
5248 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5249 }
5250
5251 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5252 region, and some non default memory regions were
5253 defined, issue an error message. */
5254 if (!os->ignored
5255 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5256 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5257 && check_regions
5258 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5259 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5260 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5261 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5262 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5263 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5264 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5265 {
5266 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5267 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5268 default memory region we can end up creating an
5269 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5270 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5271 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5272 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5273 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5274 switch. */
5275 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5276 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5277 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5278 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5279 os->bfd_section));
5280 else
5281 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5282 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5283 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5284 os->bfd_section));
5285 }
5286
5287 newdot = os->region->current;
5288 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5289 }
5290 else
5291 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5292 "section alignment");
5293
5294 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5295 if (section_alignment > 0)
5296 {
5297 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5298 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5299
5300 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5301 if (dotdelta != 0
5302 && (config.warn_section_align
5303 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5304 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5305 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5306 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5307 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5308 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5309 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5310 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5311 }
5312
5313 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5314
5315 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5316 }
5317
5318 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5319 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5320
5321 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5322
5323 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5324 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5325 no output section should change from zero size
5326 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5327 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5328 input section was not sized early enough. */
5329 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5330 else
5331 {
5332 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5333
5334 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5335 align at the block boundary. */
5336 after = ((dot
5337 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5338 + os->block_value - 1)
5339 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5340
5341 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5342 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5343 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5344 }
5345
5346 /* Set section lma. */
5347 r = os->region;
5348 if (r == NULL)
5349 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5350
5351 if (os->load_base)
5352 {
5353 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5354 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5355 }
5356 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5357 {
5358 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5359
5360 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5361 lma += dotdelta;
5362 else
5363 {
5364 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5365 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5366 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5367 only align according to the value in the output
5368 statement. */
5369 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5370 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5371 "section alignment");
5372 if (section_alignment > 0)
5373 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5374 }
5375 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5376 }
5377 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5378 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5379 {
5380 bfd_vma lma;
5381 asection *last;
5382
5383 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5384
5385 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5386 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5387 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5388 create overlapping LMAs. */
5389 if (dot < last->vma
5390 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5391 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5392 {
5393 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5394 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5395 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5396 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5397 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5398
5399 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5400 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5401 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5402 }
5403 else
5404 {
5405 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5406 at the end of the previous section. */
5407 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5408 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5409
5410 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5411 as the previous section. */
5412 else
5413 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5414
5415 if (section_alignment > 0)
5416 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5417 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5418 }
5419 }
5420 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5421
5422 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5423 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5424 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5425 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5426 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5427 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5428 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5429 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5430 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5431 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5432 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5433 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5434 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5435 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5436 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5437 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5438 || (r->last_os == NULL
5439 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5440 || (r->last_os != NULL
5441 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5442 .bfd_section->vma)))
5443 && os->lma_region == NULL
5444 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5445 r->last_os = s;
5446
5447 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5448 break;
5449
5450 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5451 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5452 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5453 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5454 else
5455 dotdelta = 0;
5456 dot += dotdelta;
5457
5458 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5459 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5460
5461 /* Update dot in the region ?
5462 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5463 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5464 overall size in memory. */
5465 if (os->region != NULL
5466 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5467 {
5468 os->region->current = dot;
5469
5470 if (check_regions)
5471 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5472 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5473 os->bfd_section->vma);
5474
5475 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5476 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5477 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5478 {
5479 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5480
5481 if (check_regions)
5482 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5483 os->bfd_section->lma);
5484 }
5485 }
5486 }
5487 break;
5488
5489 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5490 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5491 output_section_statement,
5492 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5493 break;
5494
5495 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5496 {
5497 unsigned int size = 0;
5498
5499 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5500 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5501 s->data_statement.output_section =
5502 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5503
5504 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5505 need to mark them as needed. */
5506 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5507
5508 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5509 {
5510 default:
5511 abort ();
5512 case QUAD:
5513 case SQUAD:
5514 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5515 break;
5516 case LONG:
5517 size = LONG_SIZE;
5518 break;
5519 case SHORT:
5520 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5521 break;
5522 case BYTE:
5523 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5524 break;
5525 }
5526 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5527 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5528 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5529 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5530 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5531 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5532 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5533
5534 }
5535 break;
5536
5537 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5538 {
5539 int size;
5540
5541 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5542 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5543 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5544 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5545 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5546 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5547 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5548 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5549 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5550 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5551 }
5552 break;
5553
5554 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5555 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5556 output_section_statement,
5557 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5558 break;
5559
5560 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5561 link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5562 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5563 break;
5564
5565 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5566 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5567 break;
5568
5569 case lang_input_section_enum:
5570 {
5571 asection *i;
5572
5573 i = s->input_section.section;
5574 if (relax)
5575 {
5576 bfd_boolean again;
5577
5578 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5579 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5580 if (again)
5581 *relax = TRUE;
5582 }
5583 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5584 fill, dot);
5585 }
5586 break;
5587
5588 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5589 break;
5590
5591 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5592 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5593 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5594
5595 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5596 break;
5597
5598 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5599 {
5600 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5601 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5602
5603 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5604
5605 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5606 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5607 &newdot);
5608
5609 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5610
5611 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5612
5613 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5614 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5615 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5616 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5617 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5618 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5619
5620 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5621 {
5622 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5623 {
5624 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5625 the default memory address. */
5626 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5627 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5628 }
5629 else if (newdot != dot)
5630 {
5631 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5632 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5633 assignment references dot. */
5634 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5635 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5636
5637 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5638 s = s->header.next;
5639
5640 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5641 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5642 user has explicitly stated that the section
5643 should not be allocated. */
5644 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5645 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5646 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5647 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5648 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5649 }
5650 dot = newdot;
5651 }
5652 }
5653 break;
5654
5655 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5656 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5657 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5658 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5659 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5660 will be added back in. */
5661 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5662
5663 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5664 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5665 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5666 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5667 a pad size of zero. */
5668 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5669 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5670 break;
5671
5672 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5673 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5674 output_section_statement,
5675 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5676 break;
5677
5678 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5679 break;
5680
5681 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5682 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5683 break;
5684
5685 default:
5686 FAIL ();
5687 break;
5688 }
5689 prev = &s->header.next;
5690 }
5691 return dot;
5692 }
5693
5694 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5695 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5696 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5697 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5698
5699 bfd_boolean
5700 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5701 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5702 asection *current_section,
5703 asection *previous_section,
5704 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5705 {
5706 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5707 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5708
5709 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5710 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5711 if (new_segment)
5712 return TRUE;
5713
5714 /* Paranoia checks. */
5715 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5716 return new_segment;
5717
5718 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5719 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5720 if (config.separate_code
5721 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5722 return TRUE;
5723
5724 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5725 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5726 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5727 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5728 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5729 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5730
5731 /* More paranoia. */
5732 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5733 return new_segment;
5734
5735 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5736 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5737 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5738 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5739 return cur->region != prev->region;
5740 }
5741
5742 void
5743 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5744 {
5745 lang_statement_iteration++;
5746 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5747 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5748 }
5749
5750 static bfd_boolean
5751 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5752 {
5753 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5754 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5755 bfd_vma first, last;
5756
5757 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5758 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5759 if (first && last
5760 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5761 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5762 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5763 {
5764 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5765 return TRUE;
5766 }
5767
5768 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5769 return FALSE;
5770 }
5771
5772 static bfd_vma
5773 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5774 {
5775 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5776 asection *sec;
5777
5778 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5779 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5780 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5781
5782 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5783 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5784
5785 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5786 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5787 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5788 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5789 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5790 {
5791 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5792 desired? */
5793 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5794
5795 end = start = sec->vma;
5796 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5797 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5798 bump = desired_end - end;
5799 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5800 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5801 start += bump;
5802 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5803 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5804 desired_end = start;
5805 }
5806
5807 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5808 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5809 seg->base = desired_end;
5810 return relro_end;
5811 }
5812
5813 static bfd_boolean
5814 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5815 {
5816 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5817 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5818 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5819
5820 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5821 {
5822 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5823 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5824 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5825 }
5826 else
5827 {
5828 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5829 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5830 }
5831
5832 if (do_data_relro)
5833 {
5834 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5835 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5836
5837 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5838 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5839 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5840 {
5841 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5842 do_reset = TRUE;
5843 }
5844 }
5845
5846 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5847 do_reset = TRUE;
5848
5849 return do_reset;
5850 }
5851
5852 void
5853 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5854 {
5855 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5856 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5857
5858 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5859
5860 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5861 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5862
5863 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5864 {
5865 bfd_boolean do_reset
5866 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5867
5868 if (do_reset)
5869 {
5870 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5871 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5872 }
5873
5874 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5875 {
5876 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5877 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5878 }
5879 }
5880 }
5881
5882 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5883 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5884 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5885
5886 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5887
5888 static bfd_vma
5889 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5890 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5891 fill_type *fill,
5892 bfd_vma dot,
5893 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5894 {
5895 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5896 {
5897 switch (s->header.type)
5898 {
5899 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5900 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5901 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5902 break;
5903
5904 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5905 {
5906 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5907 bfd_vma newdot;
5908
5909 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5910 os->after_end = *found_end;
5911 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5912 {
5913 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5914 {
5915 current_section = os;
5916 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5917 }
5918 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5919 }
5920 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5921 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5922 if (!os->ignored)
5923 {
5924 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5925 {
5926 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5927 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5928 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5929 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5930
5931 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5932 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5933 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5934 }
5935 else
5936 dot = newdot;
5937 }
5938 }
5939 break;
5940
5941 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5942
5943 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5944 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5945 break;
5946
5947 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5948 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5949 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5950 break;
5951
5952 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5953 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5954 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5955 {
5956 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5957 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5958 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5959 }
5960 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5961 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5962 {
5963 unsigned int size;
5964 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5965 {
5966 default:
5967 abort ();
5968 case QUAD:
5969 case SQUAD:
5970 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5971 break;
5972 case LONG:
5973 size = LONG_SIZE;
5974 break;
5975 case SHORT:
5976 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5977 break;
5978 case BYTE:
5979 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5980 break;
5981 }
5982 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5983 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5984 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5985 }
5986 break;
5987
5988 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5989 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5990 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5991 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5992 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5993 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5994 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5995 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5996 break;
5997
5998 case lang_input_section_enum:
5999 {
6000 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6001
6002 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6003 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6004 }
6005 break;
6006
6007 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6008 break;
6009
6010 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6011 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6012 break;
6013
6014 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6015 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6016 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6017 {
6018 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6019
6020 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6021 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6022
6023 while (*p == '_')
6024 ++p;
6025 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6026 *found_end = TRUE;
6027 }
6028 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6029 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6030 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6031 &dot);
6032 break;
6033
6034 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6035 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6036 break;
6037
6038 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6039 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6040 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6041 break;
6042
6043 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6044 break;
6045
6046 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6047 break;
6048
6049 default:
6050 FAIL ();
6051 break;
6052 }
6053 }
6054 return dot;
6055 }
6056
6057 void
6058 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6059 {
6060 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6061
6062 current_section = NULL;
6063 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6064 expld.phase = phase;
6065 lang_statement_iteration++;
6066 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6067 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6068 }
6069
6070 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6071 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6072 of "dot". */
6073
6074 asection *
6075 section_for_dot (void)
6076 {
6077 asection *s;
6078
6079 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6080 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6081 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6082 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6083 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6084 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6085 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6086 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6087 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6088 {
6089 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6090 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6091
6092 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6093 stmt != NULL;
6094 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6095 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6096 break;
6097
6098 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6099 while (os != NULL
6100 && !os->after_end
6101 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6102 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6103 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6104 os->bfd_section)))
6105 os = os->next;
6106
6107 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6108 {
6109 if (os != NULL)
6110 s = os->bfd_section;
6111 else
6112 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6113 while (s != NULL
6114 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6115 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6116 s = s->prev;
6117 if (s != NULL)
6118 return s;
6119
6120 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6121 }
6122 }
6123
6124 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6125
6126 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6127 while (s != NULL
6128 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6129 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6130 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6131 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6132 s = s->prev;
6133 if (s == NULL)
6134 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6135 while (s != NULL
6136 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6137 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6138 s = s->next;
6139 if (s != NULL)
6140 return s;
6141
6142 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6143 }
6144
6145 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6146
6147 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6148 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6149 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6150
6151 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6152 to start_stop_syms. */
6153
6154 static void
6155 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6156 {
6157 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6158
6159 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6160 if (h != NULL)
6161 {
6162 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6163 {
6164 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6165 start_stop_syms
6166 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6167 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6168 }
6169 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6170 }
6171 }
6172
6173 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6174 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6175 preliminary definitions. */
6176
6177 static void
6178 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6179 {
6180 bfd *abfd;
6181 asection *s;
6182 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6183
6184 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6185 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6186 {
6187 const char *ps;
6188 const char *secname = s->name;
6189
6190 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6191 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6192 break;
6193 if (*ps == '\0')
6194 {
6195 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6196
6197 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6198 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6199 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6200
6201 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6202 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6203 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6204
6205 free (symbol);
6206 }
6207 }
6208 }
6209
6210 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6211
6212 static void
6213 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6214 {
6215 size_t i;
6216
6217 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6218 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6219 }
6220
6221 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6222 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6223 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6224 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6225 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6226
6227 static void
6228 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6229 {
6230 if (h->ldscript_def)
6231 return;
6232
6233 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6234 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6235 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6236 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6237 {
6238 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6239 h->u.def.section->name);
6240 if (sec != NULL)
6241 {
6242 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6243 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6244 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6245 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6246 if there is still an output section with section name
6247 SECNAME. */
6248 asection *i;
6249 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6250 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6251 {
6252 h->u.def.section = i;
6253 return;
6254 }
6255 }
6256 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6257 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6258 }
6259 }
6260
6261 static void
6262 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6263 {
6264 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6265 }
6266
6267 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6268 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6269 preliminary definitions. */
6270
6271 static void
6272 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6273 {
6274 asection *s;
6275
6276 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6277 {
6278 const char *secname = s->name;
6279 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6280
6281 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6282 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6283
6284 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6285 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6286 free (symbol);
6287 }
6288 }
6289
6290 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6291
6292 static void
6293 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6294 {
6295 if (h->ldscript_def
6296 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6297 return;
6298
6299 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6300 {
6301 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6302 .startof. already has final value. */
6303 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6304 {
6305 /* .sizeof. */
6306 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6307 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6308 }
6309 }
6310 else
6311 {
6312 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6313 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6314
6315 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6316 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6317 {
6318 /* __stop_ */
6319 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6320 }
6321 }
6322 }
6323
6324 static void
6325 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6326 {
6327 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6328 }
6329
6330 static void
6331 lang_end (void)
6332 {
6333 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6334 bfd_boolean warn;
6335
6336 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6337 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6338 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6339 else
6340 warn = TRUE;
6341
6342 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6343 --gc-sections. */
6344 if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6345 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6346 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6347 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6348
6349 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6350 {
6351 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6352 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6353 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6354 warn = FALSE;
6355 }
6356
6357 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6358 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6359 if (h != NULL
6360 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6361 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6362 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6363 {
6364 bfd_vma val;
6365
6366 val = (h->u.def.value
6367 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6368 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6369 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6370 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6371 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6372 }
6373 else
6374 {
6375 bfd_vma val;
6376 const char *send;
6377
6378 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6379 number. */
6380 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6381 if (*send == '\0')
6382 {
6383 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6384 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6385 }
6386 else
6387 {
6388 asection *ts;
6389
6390 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6391 the first address in the text section. */
6392 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6393 if (ts != NULL)
6394 {
6395 if (warn)
6396 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6397 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6398 entry_symbol.name,
6399 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6400 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6401 (link_info.output_bfd,
6402 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6403 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6404 }
6405 else
6406 {
6407 if (warn)
6408 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6409 " not setting start address\n"),
6410 entry_symbol.name);
6411 }
6412 }
6413 }
6414 }
6415
6416 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6417 BFD. */
6418
6419 static void
6420 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6421 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6422 {
6423 /* Don't do anything. */
6424 }
6425
6426 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6427 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6428 other checking that is needed. */
6429
6430 static void
6431 lang_check (void)
6432 {
6433 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6434 bfd *input_bfd;
6435 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6436
6437 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6438 {
6439 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6440 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6441 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6442 continue;
6443 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6444 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6445 compatible
6446 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6447 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6448
6449 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6450 link between differing object formats when the input
6451 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6452 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6453 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6454 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6455 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6456 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6457 && (compatible == NULL
6458 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6459 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6460 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6461 {
6462 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6463 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6464 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6465 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6466 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6467 }
6468
6469 if (compatible == NULL)
6470 {
6471 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6472 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6473 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6474 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6475 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6476 }
6477 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6478 {
6479 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6480 private data of the output bfd. */
6481
6482 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6483
6484 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6485 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6486 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6487 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6488 information which is needed in the output file. */
6489 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6490 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6491 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6492 {
6493 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6494 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6495 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6496 }
6497 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6498 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6499 }
6500 }
6501 }
6502
6503 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6504 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6505 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6506
6507 static void
6508 lang_common (void)
6509 {
6510 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6511 return;
6512 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6513 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6514 return;
6515
6516 if (!config.sort_common)
6517 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6518 else
6519 {
6520 unsigned int power;
6521
6522 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6523 {
6524 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6525 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6526
6527 power = 0;
6528 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6529 }
6530 else
6531 {
6532 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6533 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6534
6535 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6536 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6537 }
6538 }
6539 }
6540
6541 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6542
6543 static bfd_boolean
6544 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6545 {
6546 unsigned int power_of_two;
6547 bfd_vma size;
6548 asection *section;
6549
6550 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6551 return TRUE;
6552
6553 size = h->u.c.size;
6554 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6555
6556 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6557 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6558 return TRUE;
6559 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6560 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6561 return TRUE;
6562
6563 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6564 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6565 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6566 h->root.string);
6567
6568 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6569 {
6570 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6571 int len;
6572 char *name;
6573 char buf[50];
6574
6575 if (!header_printed)
6576 {
6577 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6578 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6579 header_printed = TRUE;
6580 }
6581
6582 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6583 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6584 if (name == NULL)
6585 {
6586 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6587 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6588 }
6589 else
6590 {
6591 minfo ("%s", name);
6592 len = strlen (name);
6593 free (name);
6594 }
6595
6596 if (len >= 19)
6597 {
6598 print_nl ();
6599 len = 0;
6600 }
6601 while (len < 20)
6602 {
6603 print_space ();
6604 ++len;
6605 }
6606
6607 minfo ("0x");
6608 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6609 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6610 else
6611 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6612 minfo ("%s", buf);
6613 len = strlen (buf);
6614
6615 while (len < 16)
6616 {
6617 print_space ();
6618 ++len;
6619 }
6620
6621 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6622 }
6623
6624 return TRUE;
6625 }
6626
6627 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6628 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6629 option are handled here. */
6630
6631 static void
6632 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6633 {
6634 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6635 {
6636 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6637 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6638 TRUE);
6639 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6640 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6641 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6642 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6643 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6644 }
6645 else
6646 {
6647 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6648 const char *name = s->name;
6649 int constraint = 0;
6650
6651 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6652 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6653 s, s->owner);
6654
6655 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6656 constraint = SPECIAL;
6657
6658 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6659 if (os == NULL)
6660 {
6661 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6662 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6663 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6664 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6665 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6666 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6667 }
6668
6669 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6670 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6671 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6672 s, s->owner, os->name);
6673 }
6674 }
6675
6676 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6677 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6678 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6679
6680 static void
6681 lang_place_orphans (void)
6682 {
6683 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6684 {
6685 asection *s;
6686
6687 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6688 {
6689 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6690 {
6691 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6692 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6693
6694 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6695 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6696 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6697 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6698 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6699 {
6700 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6701 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6702 with the wildcard. */
6703 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6704 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6705 {
6706 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6707 default_common_section
6708 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6709 TRUE);
6710 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6711 NULL, default_common_section);
6712 }
6713 }
6714 else
6715 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6716 }
6717 }
6718 }
6719 }
6720
6721 void
6722 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6723 {
6724 flagword *ptr_flags;
6725
6726 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6727
6728 while (*flags)
6729 {
6730 switch (*flags)
6731 {
6732 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6733 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6734 case '!':
6735 invert = !invert;
6736 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6737 break;
6738
6739 case 'A': case 'a':
6740 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6741 break;
6742
6743 case 'R': case 'r':
6744 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6745 break;
6746
6747 case 'W': case 'w':
6748 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6749 break;
6750
6751 case 'X': case 'x':
6752 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6753 break;
6754
6755 case 'L': case 'l':
6756 case 'I': case 'i':
6757 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6758 break;
6759
6760 default:
6761 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6762 *flags, *flags);
6763 break;
6764 }
6765 flags++;
6766 }
6767 }
6768
6769 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6770 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6771
6772 void
6773 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6774 {
6775 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6776
6777 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6778 f != NULL;
6779 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6780 func (f);
6781 }
6782
6783 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6784 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6785 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6786
6787 void
6788 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6789 {
6790 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6791 {
6792 func (f);
6793 }
6794 }
6795
6796 void
6797 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6798 {
6799 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6800 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6801 &entry->next);
6802
6803 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6804 a link. */
6805 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6806 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6807
6808 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6809 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6810 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6811 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6812
6813 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6814 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6815 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6816 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6817 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6818 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6819 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6820 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6821 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6822
6823 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6824 }
6825
6826 void
6827 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6828 {
6829 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6830 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6831 {
6832 output_filename = name;
6833 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6834 }
6835 }
6836
6837 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6838 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6839 etree_type *address_exp,
6840 enum section_type sectype,
6841 etree_type *align,
6842 etree_type *subalign,
6843 etree_type *ebase,
6844 int constraint,
6845 int align_with_input)
6846 {
6847 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6848
6849 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6850 constraint, TRUE);
6851 current_section = os;
6852
6853 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6854 {
6855 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6856 }
6857 os->sectype = sectype;
6858 if (sectype != noload_section)
6859 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6860 else
6861 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6862 os->block_value = 1;
6863
6864 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6865 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6866
6867 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6868 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6869 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6870 NULL);
6871
6872 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6873 os->section_alignment = align;
6874
6875 os->load_base = ebase;
6876 return os;
6877 }
6878
6879 void
6880 lang_final (void)
6881 {
6882 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6883
6884 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6885 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6886 }
6887
6888 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6889
6890 void
6891 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6892 {
6893 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6894 asection *o;
6895 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6896
6897 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6898 {
6899 p->current = p->origin;
6900 p->last_os = NULL;
6901 }
6902
6903 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6904 os != NULL;
6905 os = os->next)
6906 {
6907 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6908 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6909 }
6910
6911 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6912 {
6913 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6914 o->rawsize = o->size;
6915 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6916 o->size = 0;
6917 }
6918 }
6919
6920 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6921
6922 static void
6923 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6924 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6925 asection *section,
6926 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6927 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6928 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6929 {
6930 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6931 should be as well. */
6932 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6933 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6934 }
6935
6936 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
6937
6938 static void
6939 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6940 {
6941 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6942 {
6943 switch (s->header.type)
6944 {
6945 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6946 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6947 break;
6948 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6949 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6950 break;
6951 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6952 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6953 break;
6954 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6955 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6956 break;
6957 default:
6958 break;
6959 }
6960 }
6961 }
6962
6963 static void
6964 lang_gc_sections (void)
6965 {
6966 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
6967 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6968
6969 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6970 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
6971 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
6972 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6973 {
6974 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6975 {
6976 asection *sec;
6977 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6978 if (f->flags.claimed)
6979 continue;
6980 #endif
6981 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6982 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6983 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6984 }
6985 }
6986
6987 if (link_info.gc_sections)
6988 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6989 }
6990
6991 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
6992
6993 static void
6994 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6995 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6996 asection *section,
6997 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6998 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6999 void *data)
7000 {
7001 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7002 size. */
7003 if (section->output_section != NULL
7004 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7005 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7006 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7007 && section->size != 0)
7008 {
7009 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7010 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7011 }
7012 }
7013
7014 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7015
7016 static void
7017 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7018 seg_align_type *seg,
7019 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7020 {
7021 if (*has_relro_section)
7022 return;
7023
7024 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7025 {
7026 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7027 break;
7028
7029 switch (s->header.type)
7030 {
7031 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7032 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7033 find_relro_section_callback,
7034 has_relro_section);
7035 break;
7036 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7037 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7038 seg, has_relro_section);
7039 break;
7040 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7041 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7042 seg, has_relro_section);
7043 break;
7044 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7045 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7046 seg, has_relro_section);
7047 break;
7048 default:
7049 break;
7050 }
7051 }
7052 }
7053
7054 static void
7055 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7056 {
7057 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7058
7059 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7060
7061 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7062 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7063
7064 if (!has_relro_section)
7065 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7066 }
7067
7068 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7069
7070 void
7071 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7072 {
7073 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7074 {
7075 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7076 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7077
7078 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7079 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7080
7081 while (i--)
7082 {
7083 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7084 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7085
7086 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7087 do
7088 {
7089 link_info.relax_trip++;
7090
7091 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7092 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7093 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7094
7095 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7096 section sizes. */
7097 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7098
7099 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7100 size. */
7101 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7102
7103 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7104 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7105 relax_again = FALSE;
7106 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7107 }
7108 while (relax_again);
7109
7110 link_info.relax_pass++;
7111 }
7112 need_layout = TRUE;
7113 }
7114
7115 if (need_layout)
7116 {
7117 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7118 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7119 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7120 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7121 }
7122 }
7123
7124 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7125 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7126 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7127 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7128 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7129 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7130 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7131 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7132 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7133 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7134 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7135
7136 static lang_input_statement_type *
7137 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
7138 {
7139 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7140 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7141 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7142 claim1 != NULL;
7143 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
7144 {
7145 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7146 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7147 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7148 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7149 lastobject = claim1;
7150 }
7151 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7152 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7153 insert point. */
7154 return lastobject;
7155 }
7156
7157 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7158 added during a rescan. */
7159
7160 static lang_statement_union_type **
7161 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7162 {
7163 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7164 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7165 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7166 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7167 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7168
7169 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7170 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7171
7172 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7173 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7174 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7175 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7176 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7177 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7178 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7179 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7180 f != NULL;
7181 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7182 {
7183 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7184 {
7185 before = last_loaded;
7186 if (f->next != NULL)
7187 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7188 }
7189 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7190 last_loaded = f;
7191 }
7192
7193 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7194 *iter != NULL;
7195 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7196 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7197 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7198 break;
7199
7200 return iter;
7201 }
7202
7203 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7204 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7205 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7206
7207 static void
7208 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7209 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7210 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7211 {
7212 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7213 *field = srclist->head;
7214 if (destlist->tail == field)
7215 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7216 }
7217
7218 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7219 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7220
7221 static void
7222 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7223 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7224 {
7225 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7226 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7227 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7228 savetail = origlist->tail;
7229 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7230 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7231 destlist->tail = savetail;
7232 *savetail = NULL;
7233 }
7234 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7235
7236 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7237
7238 void
7239 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7240 {
7241 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7242
7243 if (name == NULL)
7244 return;
7245
7246 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7247
7248 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7249 sym->name = name;
7250 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7251 }
7252
7253 /* Check relocations. */
7254
7255 static void
7256 lang_check_relocs (void)
7257 {
7258 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7259 {
7260 bfd *abfd;
7261
7262 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7263 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7264 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7265 {
7266 /* No object output, fail return. */
7267 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7268 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7269 continue the scan in case there are other
7270 bad relocations to report. */
7271 }
7272 }
7273 }
7274
7275 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7276 propagate forward the lma region. */
7277
7278 static void
7279 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7280 {
7281 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7282
7283 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7284 os != NULL;
7285 os = os->next)
7286 {
7287 if (os->prev != NULL
7288 && os->lma_region == NULL
7289 && os->load_base == NULL
7290 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7291 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7292 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7293 }
7294 }
7295
7296 void
7297 lang_process (void)
7298 {
7299 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7300 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7301 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7302
7303 current_target = default_target;
7304
7305 /* Open the output file. */
7306 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7307 init_opb ();
7308
7309 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7310
7311 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7312 lang_place_undefineds ();
7313
7314 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7315 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7316
7317 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7318 current_target = default_target;
7319 lang_statement_iteration++;
7320 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7321 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7322 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7323 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7324
7325 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7326 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7327 {
7328 lang_statement_list_type added;
7329 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7330
7331 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7332 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7333 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7334 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7335 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7336 file. */
7337 added = *stat_ptr;
7338 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7339 files = file_chain;
7340 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7341 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7342 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7343 plugin_error_plugin ());
7344 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7345 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7346 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7347 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7348 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7349 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7350 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7351 /* Were any new files added? */
7352 if (added.head != NULL)
7353 {
7354 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7355 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7356 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7357 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7358 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7359 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7360 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7361 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7362 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7363 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7364 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7365 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7366 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7367 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7368 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7369 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7370 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7371 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7372 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7373 else
7374 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7375
7376 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7377 files = file_chain;
7378 lang_statement_iteration++;
7379 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7380 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7381 while (files.head != NULL)
7382 {
7383 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7384 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7385 bfd *my_arch;
7386
7387 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7388 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7389 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7390 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7391 if (my_arch != NULL)
7392 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7393 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7394 break;
7395 temp = *insert;
7396 *insert = files.head;
7397 files.head = *iter;
7398 *iter = temp;
7399 if (my_arch != NULL)
7400 {
7401 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7402 if (parent != NULL)
7403 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7404 ((char *) iter
7405 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7406 }
7407 }
7408 }
7409 }
7410 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7411
7412 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7413 before now. */
7414 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7415
7416 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7417
7418 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7419 {
7420 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7421
7422 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7423 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7424 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7425 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7426 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7427 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7428 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7429 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7430 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7431 }
7432
7433 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7434 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7435
7436 ldemul_after_open ();
7437 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7438 lang_print_asneeded ();
7439
7440 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7441
7442 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7443 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7444 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7445 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7446 link. */
7447 lang_check ();
7448
7449 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7450 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7451 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7452
7453 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7454 files. */
7455 ldctor_build_sets ();
7456
7457 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7458 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7459 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7460 if (config.build_constructors)
7461 lang_init_start_stop ();
7462
7463 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7464 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7465 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7466 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7467
7468 /* Size up the common data. */
7469 lang_common ();
7470
7471 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7472 lang_gc_sections ();
7473
7474 /* Check relocations. */
7475 lang_check_relocs ();
7476
7477 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7478
7479 /* Update wild statements. */
7480 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7481
7482 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7483 to the correct output sections. */
7484 lang_statement_iteration++;
7485 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7486
7487 process_insert_statements ();
7488
7489 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7490 lang_place_orphans ();
7491
7492 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7493 {
7494 asection *found;
7495
7496 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7497 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7498 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7499 is hard then. */
7500 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7501
7502 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7503 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7504
7505 if (found != NULL)
7506 {
7507 if (config.text_read_only)
7508 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7509 else
7510 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7511 }
7512 }
7513
7514 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7515 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7516
7517 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7518 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7519 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7520 if (config.build_constructors)
7521 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7522
7523 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7524 dynamic symbols are created. */
7525 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7526 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7527
7528 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7529 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7530 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7531
7532 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7533 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7534 lang_record_phdrs ();
7535
7536 /* Check relro sections. */
7537 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7538 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7539
7540 /* Size up the sections. */
7541 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7542
7543 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7544 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7545 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7546
7547 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7548 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7549
7550 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7551 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7552 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7553 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7554 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7555 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7556
7557 ldemul_finish ();
7558
7559 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7560 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7561
7562 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7563 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7564 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7565
7566 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7567 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7568
7569 lang_end ();
7570 }
7571
7572 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7573
7574 void
7575 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7576 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7577 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7578 {
7579 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7580 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7581
7582 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7583 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7584 curr != NULL;
7585 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7586 {
7587 next = curr->next;
7588 curr->next = section_list;
7589 }
7590
7591 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7592 {
7593 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7594 filespec->name = NULL;
7595 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7596 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7597 }
7598
7599 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7600 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7601 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7602 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7603 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7604 if (filespec != NULL)
7605 {
7606 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7607 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7608 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7609 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7610 }
7611 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7612 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7613 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7614 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7615 }
7616
7617 void
7618 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7619 const segment_type *segment)
7620 {
7621 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7622
7623 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7624 ad->section_name = name;
7625 ad->address = address;
7626 ad->segment = segment;
7627 }
7628
7629 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7630 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7631 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7632 precedence. */
7633
7634 void
7635 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7636 {
7637 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7638 || cmdline
7639 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7640 {
7641 entry_symbol.name = name;
7642 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7643 }
7644 }
7645
7646 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7647 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7648 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7649 must be permanently allocated. */
7650 void
7651 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7652 {
7653 entry_symbol_default = name;
7654 }
7655
7656 void
7657 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7658 {
7659 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7660
7661 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7662 new_stmt->target = name;
7663 }
7664
7665 void
7666 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7667 {
7668 while (*name)
7669 {
7670 switch (*name)
7671 {
7672 case 'F':
7673 map_option_f = TRUE;
7674 break;
7675 }
7676 name++;
7677 }
7678 }
7679
7680 void
7681 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7682 {
7683 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7684
7685 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7686 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7687 }
7688
7689 void
7690 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7691 {
7692 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7693
7694 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7695 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7696 new_stmt->type = type;
7697 }
7698
7699 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7700 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7701 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7702 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7703 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7704 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7705
7706 void
7707 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7708 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7709 asection *section,
7710 const char *name,
7711 union etree_union *addend)
7712 {
7713 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7714
7715 p->reloc = reloc;
7716 p->howto = howto;
7717 p->section = section;
7718 p->name = name;
7719 p->addend_exp = addend;
7720
7721 p->addend_value = 0;
7722 p->output_section = NULL;
7723 p->output_offset = 0;
7724 }
7725
7726 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7727 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7728 {
7729 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7730
7731 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7732 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7733 return new_stmt;
7734 }
7735
7736 void
7737 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7738 {
7739 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7740 }
7741
7742 void
7743 lang_startup (const char *name)
7744 {
7745 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7746 {
7747 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7748 }
7749 first_file->filename = name;
7750 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7751 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7752 }
7753
7754 void
7755 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7756 {
7757 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7758 }
7759
7760
7761 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7762 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7763
7764 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7765 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7766 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7767 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7768 had an explicit load address.
7769
7770 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7771
7772 static void
7773 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7774 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7775 const char *memspec,
7776 const char *lma_memspec,
7777 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7778 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7779 {
7780 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7781
7782 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7783 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7784 as well. */
7785 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7786 && !have_vma
7787 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7788 *region = *lma_region;
7789 else
7790 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7791
7792 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7793 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7794 NULL);
7795 }
7796
7797 void
7798 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7799 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7800 const char *lma_memspec)
7801 {
7802 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7803 &current_section->lma_region,
7804 memspec, lma_memspec,
7805 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7806 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7807
7808 current_section->fill = fill;
7809 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7810 pop_stat_ptr ();
7811 }
7812
7813 void
7814 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7815 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7816 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7817 {
7818 *(list->tail) = element;
7819 list->tail = field;
7820 }
7821
7822 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7823
7824 void
7825 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7826 const char *big,
7827 const char *little,
7828 int from_script)
7829 {
7830 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7831 {
7832 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7833 && big != NULL)
7834 format = big;
7835 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7836 && little != NULL)
7837 format = little;
7838
7839 output_target = format;
7840 }
7841 }
7842
7843 void
7844 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7845 {
7846 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7847
7848 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7849 new_stmt->where = where;
7850 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7851 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7852 }
7853
7854 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7855 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7856
7857 void
7858 lang_enter_group (void)
7859 {
7860 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7861
7862 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7863 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7864 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7865 }
7866
7867 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7868 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7869 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7870 but currently they can't. */
7871
7872 void
7873 lang_leave_group (void)
7874 {
7875 pop_stat_ptr ();
7876 }
7877
7878 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7879 command in a linker script. */
7880
7881 void
7882 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7883 etree_type *type,
7884 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7885 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7886 etree_type *at,
7887 etree_type *flags)
7888 {
7889 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7890 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7891
7892 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7893 n->next = NULL;
7894 n->name = name;
7895 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
7896 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7897 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7898 n->at = at;
7899 n->flags = flags;
7900
7901 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7902
7903 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7904 if (hdrs
7905 && (*pp)->type == 1
7906 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7907 {
7908 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7909 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7910 hdrs = FALSE;
7911 }
7912
7913 *pp = n;
7914 }
7915
7916 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7917 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7918
7919 static void
7920 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7921 {
7922 unsigned int alc;
7923 asection **secs;
7924 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7925 struct lang_phdr *l;
7926 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7927
7928 alc = 10;
7929 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7930 last = NULL;
7931
7932 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7933 {
7934 unsigned int c;
7935 flagword flags;
7936 bfd_vma at;
7937
7938 c = 0;
7939 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7940 os != NULL;
7941 os = os->next)
7942 {
7943 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7944
7945 if (os->constraint < 0)
7946 continue;
7947
7948 pl = os->phdrs;
7949 if (pl != NULL)
7950 last = pl;
7951 else
7952 {
7953 if (os->sectype == noload_section
7954 || os->bfd_section == NULL
7955 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7956 continue;
7957
7958 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
7959 if (l->type == 3)
7960 continue;
7961
7962 if (last == NULL)
7963 {
7964 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
7965
7966 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7967 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7968 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7969 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7970 header and there are sections in that script which are
7971 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7972 use of that header. See here for more details:
7973 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
7974 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7975 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7976 {
7977 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7978 break;
7979 }
7980 if (last == NULL)
7981 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7982 }
7983 pl = last;
7984 }
7985
7986 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7987 continue;
7988
7989 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7990 {
7991 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7992 {
7993 if (c >= alc)
7994 {
7995 alc *= 2;
7996 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7997 alc * sizeof (asection *));
7998 }
7999 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8000 ++c;
8001 pl->used = TRUE;
8002 }
8003 }
8004 }
8005
8006 if (l->flags == NULL)
8007 flags = 0;
8008 else
8009 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8010
8011 if (l->at == NULL)
8012 at = 0;
8013 else
8014 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8015
8016 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8017 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8018 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8019 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8020 }
8021
8022 free (secs);
8023
8024 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8025 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
8026 os != NULL;
8027 os = os->next)
8028 {
8029 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8030
8031 if (os->constraint < 0
8032 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8033 continue;
8034
8035 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8036 pl != NULL;
8037 pl = pl->next)
8038 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8039 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8040 os->name, pl->name);
8041 }
8042 }
8043
8044 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8045
8046 void
8047 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8048 {
8049 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8050
8051 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8052 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8053 n->list = l;
8054 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8055 nocrossref_list = n;
8056
8057 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8058 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8059 }
8060
8061 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8062
8063 void
8064 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8065 {
8066 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8067 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8068 }
8069 \f
8070 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8071
8072 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8073 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8074 /* And subsection alignment. */
8075 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8076
8077 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8078 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8079
8080 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8081
8082 struct overlay_list {
8083 struct overlay_list *next;
8084 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8085 };
8086
8087 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8088
8089 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8090
8091 void
8092 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8093 {
8094 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8095 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8096 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8097 && overlay_max == NULL);
8098
8099 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8100 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8101 }
8102
8103 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8104 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8105 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8106
8107 void
8108 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8109 {
8110 struct overlay_list *n;
8111 etree_type *size;
8112
8113 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8114 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8115
8116 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8117 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8118 used in the addresses. */
8119 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8120 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8121
8122 /* Remember the section. */
8123 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8124 n->os = current_section;
8125 n->next = overlay_list;
8126 overlay_list = n;
8127
8128 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8129
8130 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8131 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8132 overlay_max = size;
8133 else
8134 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8135 }
8136
8137 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8138 here. */
8139
8140 void
8141 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8142 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8143 {
8144 const char *name;
8145 char *clean, *s2;
8146 const char *s1;
8147 char *buf;
8148
8149 name = current_section->name;
8150
8151 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8152 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8153 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8154 override it. */
8155 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8156
8157 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8158
8159 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8160 s2 = clean;
8161 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8162 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8163 *s2++ = *s1;
8164 *s2 = '\0';
8165
8166 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8167 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8168 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8169 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8170 FALSE));
8171
8172 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8173 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8174 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8175 exp_binop ('+',
8176 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8177 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8178 FALSE));
8179
8180 free (clean);
8181 }
8182
8183 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8184 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8185
8186 void
8187 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8188 int nocrossrefs,
8189 fill_type *fill,
8190 const char *memspec,
8191 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8192 const char *lma_memspec)
8193 {
8194 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8195 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8196 struct overlay_list *l;
8197 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8198
8199 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8200 memspec, lma_memspec,
8201 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8202
8203 nocrossref = NULL;
8204
8205 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8206 overlay region. */
8207 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8208 {
8209 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8210 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8211 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8212 }
8213
8214 l = overlay_list;
8215 while (l != NULL)
8216 {
8217 struct overlay_list *next;
8218
8219 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8220 l->os->fill = fill;
8221
8222 l->os->region = region;
8223 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8224
8225 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8226 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8227 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8228 an LMA region was specified. */
8229 if (l->next == 0)
8230 {
8231 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8232 l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8233 }
8234 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8235 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8236
8237 if (nocrossrefs)
8238 {
8239 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8240
8241 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8242 nc->name = l->os->name;
8243 nc->next = nocrossref;
8244 nocrossref = nc;
8245 }
8246
8247 next = l->next;
8248 free (l);
8249 l = next;
8250 }
8251
8252 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8253 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8254
8255 overlay_vma = NULL;
8256 overlay_list = NULL;
8257 overlay_max = NULL;
8258 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8259 }
8260 \f
8261 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8262
8263 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8264 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8265 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8266
8267 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8268 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8269 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8270 const char *sym)
8271 {
8272 const char *c_sym;
8273 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8274 const char *java_sym = sym;
8275 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8276 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8277
8278 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8279 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8280 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8281 if (!c_sym)
8282 c_sym = sym;
8283 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8284
8285 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8286 {
8287 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8288 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8289 if (!cxx_sym)
8290 cxx_sym = sym;
8291 }
8292 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8293 {
8294 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8295 if (!java_sym)
8296 java_sym = sym;
8297 }
8298
8299 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8300 {
8301 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8302
8303 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8304 {
8305 case 0:
8306 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8307 {
8308 e.pattern = c_sym;
8309 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8310 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8311 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8312 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8313 goto out_ret;
8314 else
8315 expr = expr->next;
8316 }
8317 /* Fallthrough */
8318 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8319 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8320 {
8321 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8322 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8323 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8324 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8325 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8326 goto out_ret;
8327 else
8328 expr = expr->next;
8329 }
8330 /* Fallthrough */
8331 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8332 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8333 {
8334 e.pattern = java_sym;
8335 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8336 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8337 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8338 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8339 goto out_ret;
8340 else
8341 expr = expr->next;
8342 }
8343 /* Fallthrough */
8344 default:
8345 break;
8346 }
8347 }
8348
8349 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8350 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8351 expr = head->remaining;
8352 else
8353 expr = prev->next;
8354 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8355 {
8356 const char *s;
8357
8358 if (!expr->pattern)
8359 continue;
8360
8361 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8362 break;
8363
8364 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8365 s = java_sym;
8366 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8367 s = cxx_sym;
8368 else
8369 s = c_sym;
8370 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8371 break;
8372 }
8373
8374 out_ret:
8375 if (c_sym != sym)
8376 free ((char *) c_sym);
8377 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8378 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8379 if (java_sym != sym)
8380 free ((char *) java_sym);
8381 return expr;
8382 }
8383
8384 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8385 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8386
8387 static const char *
8388 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8389 {
8390 const char *p;
8391 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8392 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8393
8394 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8395 {
8396 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8397 backslash. */
8398 if (backslash)
8399 {
8400 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8401 *(s - 1) = *p;
8402 backslash = FALSE;
8403 changed = TRUE;
8404 }
8405 else
8406 {
8407 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8408 {
8409 free (symbol);
8410 return NULL;
8411 }
8412
8413 *s++ = *p;
8414 backslash = *p == '\\';
8415 }
8416 }
8417
8418 if (changed)
8419 {
8420 *s = '\0';
8421 return symbol;
8422 }
8423 else
8424 {
8425 free (symbol);
8426 return pattern;
8427 }
8428 }
8429
8430 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8431 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8432 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8433
8434 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8435 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8436 const char *new_name,
8437 const char *lang,
8438 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8439 {
8440 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8441
8442 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8443 ret->next = orig;
8444 ret->symver = 0;
8445 ret->script = 0;
8446 ret->literal = TRUE;
8447 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8448 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8449 {
8450 ret->pattern = new_name;
8451 ret->literal = FALSE;
8452 }
8453
8454 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8455 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8456 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8457 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8458 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8459 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8460 else
8461 {
8462 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8463 lang);
8464 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8465 }
8466
8467 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8468 }
8469
8470 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8471 expressions. */
8472
8473 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8474 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8475 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8476 {
8477 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8478
8479 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8480 ret->globals.list = globals;
8481 ret->locals.list = locals;
8482 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8483 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8484 return ret;
8485 }
8486
8487 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8488
8489 static int version_index;
8490
8491 static hashval_t
8492 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8493 {
8494 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8495 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8496
8497 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8498 }
8499
8500 static int
8501 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8502 {
8503 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8504 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8505 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8506 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8507
8508 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8509 }
8510
8511 static void
8512 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8513 {
8514 size_t count = 0;
8515 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8516 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8517
8518 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8519 {
8520 if (e->literal)
8521 count++;
8522 head->mask |= e->mask;
8523 }
8524
8525 if (count)
8526 {
8527 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8528 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8529 list_loc = &head->list;
8530 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8531 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8532 {
8533 next = e->next;
8534 if (!e->literal)
8535 {
8536 *remaining_loc = e;
8537 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8538 }
8539 else
8540 {
8541 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8542
8543 if (*loc)
8544 {
8545 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8546
8547 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8548 last = NULL;
8549 do
8550 {
8551 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8552 {
8553 last = NULL;
8554 break;
8555 }
8556 last = e1;
8557 e1 = e1->next;
8558 }
8559 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8560
8561 if (last == NULL)
8562 {
8563 /* This is a duplicate. */
8564 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8565 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8566 /* free (e->pattern); */
8567 free (e);
8568 }
8569 else
8570 {
8571 e->next = last->next;
8572 last->next = e;
8573 }
8574 }
8575 else
8576 {
8577 *loc = e;
8578 *list_loc = e;
8579 list_loc = &e->next;
8580 }
8581 }
8582 }
8583 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8584 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8585 }
8586 else
8587 head->remaining = head->list;
8588 }
8589
8590 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8591 version. */
8592
8593 void
8594 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8595 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8596 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8597 {
8598 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8599 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8600
8601 if (name == NULL)
8602 name = "";
8603
8604 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8605 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8606 {
8607 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8608 " with other version tags\n"));
8609 free (version);
8610 return;
8611 }
8612
8613 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8614 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8615 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8616 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8617
8618 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8619 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8620
8621 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8622 aren't any duplicates. */
8623
8624 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8625 {
8626 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8627 {
8628 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8629
8630 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8631 {
8632 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8633 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8634 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8635 {
8636 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8637 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8638 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8639 e2 = e2->next;
8640 }
8641 }
8642 else if (!e1->literal)
8643 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8644 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8645 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8646 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8647 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8648 }
8649 }
8650
8651 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8652 {
8653 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8654 {
8655 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8656
8657 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8658 {
8659 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8660 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8661 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8662 {
8663 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8664 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8665 " in version information\n"),
8666 e1->pattern);
8667 e2 = e2->next;
8668 }
8669 }
8670 else if (!e1->literal)
8671 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8672 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8673 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8674 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8675 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8676 }
8677 }
8678
8679 version->deps = deps;
8680 version->name = name;
8681 if (name[0] != '\0')
8682 {
8683 ++version_index;
8684 version->vernum = version_index;
8685 }
8686 else
8687 version->vernum = 0;
8688
8689 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8690 ;
8691 *pp = version;
8692 }
8693
8694 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8695
8696 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8697 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8698 {
8699 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8700 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8701
8702 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8703 ret->next = list;
8704
8705 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8706 {
8707 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8708 {
8709 ret->version_needed = t;
8710 return ret;
8711 }
8712 }
8713
8714 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8715
8716 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8717 return ret;
8718 }
8719
8720 static void
8721 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8722 {
8723 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8724
8725 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8726 {
8727 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8728 char *contents, *p;
8729 bfd_size_type len;
8730
8731 if (sec == NULL)
8732 continue;
8733
8734 len = sec->size;
8735 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8736 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8737 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8738
8739 p = contents;
8740 while (p < contents + len)
8741 {
8742 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8743 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8744 }
8745
8746 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8747
8748 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8749 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8750 }
8751
8752 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8753 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8754 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8755 }
8756
8757 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8758
8759 static void
8760 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8761 {
8762 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8763
8764 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8765 {
8766 if (r->origin_exp)
8767 {
8768 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8769 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8770 {
8771 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8772 r->current = r->origin;
8773 }
8774 else
8775 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8776 r->name_list.name);
8777 }
8778 if (r->length_exp)
8779 {
8780 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8781 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8782 r->length = expld.result.value;
8783 else
8784 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8785 r->name_list.name);
8786 }
8787 }
8788 }
8789
8790 void
8791 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8792 {
8793 struct unique_sections *ent;
8794
8795 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8796 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8797 return;
8798
8799 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8800 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8801 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8802 unique_section_list = ent;
8803 }
8804
8805 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8806
8807 void
8808 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8809 {
8810 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8811 {
8812 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8813 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8814 ;
8815 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8816 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8817 }
8818 else
8819 {
8820 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8821
8822 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8823 d->head.list = dynamic;
8824 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8825 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8826 }
8827 }
8828
8829 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8830 one. */
8831
8832 void
8833 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8834 {
8835 const char *symbols[] =
8836 {
8837 "typeinfo name for*",
8838 "typeinfo for*"
8839 };
8840 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8841 unsigned int i;
8842
8843 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8844 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8845 FALSE);
8846
8847 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8848 }
8849
8850 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8851 existing one. */
8852
8853 void
8854 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8855 {
8856 const char *symbols[] =
8857 {
8858 "operator new*",
8859 "operator delete*"
8860 };
8861 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8862 unsigned int i;
8863
8864 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8865 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8866 FALSE);
8867
8868 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8869 }
8870
8871 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8872
8873 void
8874 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8875 {
8876 char *p, *q;
8877
8878 p = str;
8879 while (*p)
8880 {
8881 char sep;
8882 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8883 ++p;
8884 if (!*p)
8885 break;
8886 q = p + 1;
8887 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8888 ++q;
8889 sep = *q;
8890 *q = 0;
8891 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8892 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8893 else
8894 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8895 *q = sep;
8896 p = q;
8897 }
8898 }
8899
8900 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8901
8902 static void
8903 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8904 {
8905 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8906 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8907 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8908 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8909 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8910 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8911 else
8912 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8913 }
8914
8915 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8916
8917 void
8918 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8919 {
8920 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8921
8922 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8923 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8924 {
8925 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8926 double percent;
8927
8928 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8929 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8930 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8931
8932 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8933
8934 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8935 }
8936 }
This page took 0.326755 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.